WO2024051326A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents
Communication method and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024051326A1 WO2024051326A1 PCT/CN2023/104962 CN2023104962W WO2024051326A1 WO 2024051326 A1 WO2024051326 A1 WO 2024051326A1 CN 2023104962 W CN2023104962 W CN 2023104962W WO 2024051326 A1 WO2024051326 A1 WO 2024051326A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- field
- discrete
- information
- aps
- user information
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
- H04W52/143—Downlink power control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
- H04W4/33—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for indoor environments, e.g. buildings
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
- H04W52/36—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
- H04W52/36—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
- H04W52/367—Power values between minimum and maximum limits, e.g. dynamic range
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/52—Transmission power control [TPC] using AGC [Automatic Gain Control] circuits or amplifiers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/54—Signalisation aspects of the TPC commands, e.g. frame structure
- H04W52/58—Format of the TPC bits
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
- Wireless local area network has developed through many generations, from 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, 802.11ax to the 802.11be currently under discussion.
- the 802.11n standard is called high throughput (HT)
- the 802.11ac standard is called very high throughput (VHT)
- the 802.11ax standard is called high efficient (HE)
- the 802.11be standard is called It is called extremely high throughput (EHT).
- HT high throughput
- VHT very high throughput
- HE high efficient
- EHT extremely high throughput
- the maximum power and maximum frequency spectrum density transmitted by the device are strictly limited, and the maximum transmit power of the device increases as the transmission bandwidth increases.
- the maximum bandwidth is 320MHz
- the maximum power is 30 decibel-milliwatts (dBm)
- the maximum power spectral density is 5dBm/megahertz (MHz)
- the station station, STA
- its maximum power is 24dBm
- its maximum power spectral density is -1dBm/MHz.
- the maximum power of the AP is 36dBm and the maximum power of the STA is 30dBm.
- Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device that can improve the transmission power of equipment in LPI scenarios.
- the first aspect provides a communication method.
- the method can be executed by the first AP, or by components of the first AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the first AP. It can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logical module or software implementation of part of the first AP function.
- the following description takes the method executed by the first AP as an example.
- the communication method includes: the first access point AP generates a first trigger frame, and the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multiple resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission. Furthermore, the first AP sends the first trigger frame.
- the first AP can trigger multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission through the first trigger frame.
- the AP's transmit power or Power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
- multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first AP may not participate in downlink transmission, and only schedules at least two second APs to form multi-AP discrete RU transmission or multi-AP discrete MRU transmission, so that the transmit power of the AP or a single AP can be increased under the same spectrum efficiency. Power spectral density on subcarriers.
- the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the first AP can also participate in transmission, and form multi-AP discrete RU transmission or multi-AP discrete MRU transmission with at least one scheduled second AP, which can not only reduce the complexity of scheduling APs, but also improve the efficiency of scheduling APs under the same spectrum efficiency.
- the transmit power of the AP or the power spectral density on a single subcarrier is increased.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP sends a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more STAs.
- the first PPDU may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the first AP also uses the discrete RU or the discrete MRU to transmit the first PPDU together with the second AP, thereby improving the AP's transmission power or increase the power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
- the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
- the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information.
- the second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission
- the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the second indication information is a trigger frame type field
- the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
- the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission. Therefore, the first AP can only allocate discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information to the second AP and not schedule STAs for the second AP, and then the second AP can freely schedule STAs according to the allocated discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information, thereby The signaling overhead of the first AP can be reduced, and the flexibility of communication between the second AP and the STA can be improved.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the first AP can schedule in a unified manner and indicate all the STAs that need to transmit and the discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information of each STA in advance, so that the resources can be allocated more reasonably, so that the second AP can directly perform the transmission according to the first trigger frame.
- Data transmission of relevant information can not only reduce the complexity of the second AP communication, but also increase the communication rate.
- multiple second APs may also be allowed to use unified signaling fields for data transmission.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently. Therefore, after acquiring the first trigger frame, the second AP can parse the corresponding identification information to determine the corresponding number of assigned user information fields, and then obtain relevant information for downlink transmission.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously. In this way, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are continuously discharged, and the relevant information of downlink transmission can be obtained more quickly and the data transmission delay can be reduced.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- Multiple APs can jointly send the same non-modulated part field.
- the non-modulated parts sent by different APs do not interfere with each other, so that all associated STAs can receive it.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field Color is predetermined defined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
- the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger channel detection.
- multiple APs can also use discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission, which can improve the AP's performance during the channel detection process. Transmit power or increase the power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
- the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
- the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
- the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the first PPDU may be an NDP that does not include a data field and is related to the participating
- the second AP for channel detection uses discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission together, which can reduce signaling overhead and increase the AP's transmit power and channel detection rate.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the first AP participates in channel transmission and needs to send an NDPA frame to the STA before sending NDP to notify the STA to perform channel detection.
- Using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames can improve the transmission power of the first AP.
- a communication method is provided.
- the method can be executed by the second AP, or by components of the second AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the second AP. It can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logic module or software implementation of part of the second AP function.
- the following description takes the method being executed by the second AP as an example.
- the communication method includes: the second access point AP receives a first trigger frame from the first AP.
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission.
- the second AP sends the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more station STAs.
- the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- one or more second APs can participate in the downlink transmission initiated by the first AP according to the discrete RU or discrete MRU indicated by the first trigger frame.
- the transmit power of the AP or a single Power spectral density on subcarriers Under the same spectrum efficiency, the transmit power of the AP or a single Power spectral density on subcarriers.
- multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the second AP receives a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted by the STA using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
- the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information.
- the second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission
- the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the second indication information is a trigger frame type field
- the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
- the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission. Therefore, the first AP can only use the discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information allocated by the second AP and not schedule the STA for the second AP, and then the second AP can freely schedule the STA according to the allocated discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information. This can reduce the signaling overhead of the first AP and improve the flexibility of communication between the second AP and the STA.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the first AP can schedule in a unified manner and indicate all the STAs that need to transmit and the discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information of each STA in advance, so that the resources can be allocated more reasonably, so that the second AP can directly perform the transmission according to the first trigger frame.
- Data transmission of relevant information can not only reduce the complexity of the second AP communication, but also increase the communication rate.
- multiple second APs may also be allowed to use unified signaling fields for data transmission.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently. Therefore, after acquiring the first trigger frame, the second AP can parse the corresponding identification information to determine the corresponding number of assigned user information fields, and then obtain relevant information for downlink transmission.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously. In this way, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are continuously discharged, and the relevant information of downlink transmission can be obtained more quickly and the data transmission delay can be reduced.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
- the first trigger frame is also used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
- the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
- the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger channel detection.
- multiple APs can also use discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission, which can improve the AP's performance during the channel detection process. Transmit power or increase the power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
- the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the first PPDU may be an NDP that does not include a data field and is related to the participating
- the second AP for channel detection uses discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission together, which can reduce signaling overhead and increase the AP's transmit power and channel detection rate.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the second AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send an empty data packet announcement NDPA frame to one or more STAs.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the first AP participates in channel transmission and needs to send an NDPA frame to the STA before sending NDP to notify the STA to perform channel detection.
- Using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames can improve the transmission power of the first AP.
- the contents of NDPA frames jointly sent by multiple APs are the same.
- multiple APs can send the same NDPA frame, which can reduce the transmission delay of multiple APs.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
- multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- different APs can use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit independently, which can improve the communication flexibility of the AP.
- the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP
- the second PPDU includes a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indication CQI
- the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- Multiple APs can jointly send the same non-modulated part field.
- the non-modulated parts sent by different APs do not interfere with each other, so that all associated STAs can receive it.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- a communication method is provided.
- the method can be executed by the STA, or by components of the STA, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the STA. It can also be executed by logic that can realize all or part of the functions of the STA. Module or software implementation.
- the following description takes the method executed by STA as an example.
- the communication method includes: the station STA receives a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU from the second access point AP. Wherein, the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using a discrete resource unit RU or a discrete multiple resource unit MRU.
- the STA parses the first PPDU.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the STA uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the second AP.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the STA uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the first AP.
- the first PPDU is an NDP
- the second PPDU may include a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indication CQI
- the first PPDU is used for channel sounding by one or more STAs.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA receiving an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second AP.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the second AP uses different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG word
- the segment may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, first field symbol number field, first field Coding and modulation strategy fields.
- multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field It is predefined; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs.
- multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the fourth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by the first AP, or can be executed by components of the first AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the first AP, or can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logical module or software implementation of part of the first AP function.
- the following description takes the method executed by the first AP as an example.
- the communication method includes: the first access point AP generates a second trigger frame, and the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in channel detection.
- the first AP sends a second trigger frame.
- multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs.
- NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
- the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
- the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP corresponds to M user information fields in the user information list field, and M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the service set identifier, or the identification information of the second AP is part of the information in the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP.
- a communication method is provided.
- the method can be executed by the second AP, or by components of the second AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the second AP. It can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logic module or software implementation of part of the second AP function.
- the following description takes the method being executed by the second AP as an example.
- the communication method includes: the second access point AP receives a second trigger frame from the first AP.
- the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection using discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU.
- the second AP sends a null data packet announcement NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the second AP sends empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the second AP receives a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
- the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
- the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
- the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
- M user information fields in the user information list field M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
- multiple APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
- multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field Color; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined or the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the sixth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by the STA, or by components of the STA, such as the STA's processor, chip, or chip system, or by logic that can realize all or part of the STA functions. Module or software implementation.
- the following description takes the method executed by STA as an example.
- the communication method includes: the station STA receives an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second access point AP. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection. The STA receives the empty data packet NDP from the second AP. Among them, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the STA sends a second PPDU to the second AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA receiving an NDPA frame from the first AP.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA receiving an NDP from the first AP.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA sends a second PPDU to the first AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
- multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- multiple second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs.
- multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
- the communication device may be the first AP in the first aspect, or a device including the first AP, or a device included in the first AP, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means that implement the method described in the first aspect.
- the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module.
- the processing module is used to generate a first trigger frame
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission.
- Transceiver module used to send the first trigger frame.
- multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- multiple APs may include the communication device described in the seventh aspect and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the transceiver module is also used to send the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more STAs.
- the first PPDU may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
- the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information.
- the second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission
- the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the second indication information is a trigger frame type field
- the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
- the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the station STA associated with the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field can To include a first field, the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be the basic service set corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect. color.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
- the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
- the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
- the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the transceiver module is also used to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send empty data packet announcement NDPA frames to one or more STAs.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
- the sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the seventh aspect
- the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the seventh aspect.
- the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device described in the seventh aspect can perform the method described in the first aspect.
- a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
- the communication device may be the second AP in the second aspect, or a device including the second AP, or a device included in the second AP, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) that implement the method described in the second aspect.
- the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes: a sending module and a receiving module.
- the receiving module is configured to receive the first trigger frame from the first AP.
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission.
- a sending module configured to send the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more station STAs.
- the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- multiple APs may include N communication devices described in the eighth aspect, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- multiple APs may include a first AP and N communication devices described in the eighth aspect, where N is a positive integer.
- the receiving module is also configured to receive a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
- the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information.
- the second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission
- the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the second indication information is a trigger frame type field
- the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
- the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect corresponds to M user information fields in the user information list field, and M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the communication device described in the eighth aspect for downlink transmission.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect is carried in a public information field or a special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect are arranged adjacently.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect are arranged continuously.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect or the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect, or the eighth The identification information of the communication device described in the aspect is part of the information in the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the first trigger frame is also used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
- the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
- the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the sending module is also used to send an empty data packet announcement NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- multiple APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
- multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP
- the second PPDU includes a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indication CQI
- the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG word
- the segment may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, first field symbol number field, first field Coding and modulation strategy fields.
- multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be the basic service set corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect. color.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module.
- the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the communication device may further include a processing module.
- the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
- the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the second aspect.
- a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
- the communication device may be the STA in the above third aspect, or a device including the above STA, or a device included in the above STA, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) that implement the method described in the third aspect.
- the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module.
- the transceiver module is configured to receive the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU from the second access point AP.
- the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using a discrete resource unit RU or a discrete multiple resource unit MRU.
- a processing module used to parse the first PPDU.
- the transceiver module is also configured to use a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the second AP.
- the first PPDU is an NDP frame
- the second PPDU may include a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indicator CQI
- the first PPDU is used for one or more communication devices described in the ninth aspect to perform channel processing. detection.
- the transceiver module is also configured to receive an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second AP.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more communication devices described in the ninth aspect to perform channel detection.
- multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the communication device described in the ninth aspect associated with the second AP.
- multiple second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of the communication device described in the ninth aspect associated with multiple second APs.
- multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the communication device described in the ninth aspect associated with the second AP.
- a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
- the communication device may be the first AP in the fourth aspect, or a device including the first AP, or a device included in the first AP, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) that implement the method described in the fourth aspect.
- the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module.
- the processing module is used to generate a second trigger frame
- the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection using discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU.
- the transceiver module is used for the first AP to send the second trigger frame.
- multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- multiple APs may include the communication device described in the tenth aspect and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the transceiver module is also used to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the transceiver module is also used to send empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
- the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
- the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP corresponds to M user information fields in the user information list field, and M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
- the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
- the sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect
- the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect.
- the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device described in the tenth aspect can perform the method described in the fourth aspect.
- a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
- the communication device may be the second AP in the fifth aspect, or a device including the second AP, or a device included in the second AP, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means that implement the method described in the fifth aspect.
- the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
- the receiving module is configured to receive the second trigger frame from the first AP.
- the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection using discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU.
- a sending module configured to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- the sending module is also used to send empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
- multiple APs may include N communication devices described in the eleventh aspect, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- multiple APs may include a first AP and N communication devices described in the eleventh aspect, where N is a positive integer.
- the receiving module is also configured to receive a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
- the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
- the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
- the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
- the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be carried in the user information list field.
- one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- M user information fields in the user information list field M is a positive integer.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect for downlink transmission.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect is carried in a public information field or a special user information field.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect are arranged adjacently.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect are arranged continuously.
- the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect or the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect, Or the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect is part of the information in the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- multiple APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
- multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field Color; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined or the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- Service collection color may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module.
- the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the communication device according to the eleventh aspect may further include a processing module.
- the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
- the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the fifth aspect.
- a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
- the communication device may be the STA in the sixth aspect, or a device including the STA, or a device included in the STA, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means that implement the method described in the sixth aspect.
- the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes: a receiving module.
- the receiving module is configured to receive an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second access point AP.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more communication devices described in the twelfth aspect to perform channel detection.
- the receiving module is also configured to receive the empty data packet NDP from the second AP.
- NDP is used for channel detection by one or more communication devices described in the twelfth aspect.
- the communication device may also include: a sending module.
- the sending module is configured to send a second PPDU to the second AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the receiving module is also configured to receive the NDPA frame from the first AP.
- the receiving module is also used to receive the NDP from the first AP.
- the sending module is also configured to send a second PPDU to the first AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
- the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
- multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- multiple second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
- the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field.
- the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
- multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect associated with multiple second APs.
- multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect associated with the second AP.
- the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module.
- the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect.
- the communication device described in the twelfth aspect may further include a processing module.
- the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect.
- the communication device may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the sixth aspect.
- a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the processor is used to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes any one of the possible implementation methods of the first to sixth aspects. Methods.
- the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
- the transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
- the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
- the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may be the first AP in the first aspect or the fourth aspect, or The second AP in the second or fifth aspect, or the STA in the third or sixth aspect, or a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the first AP or the second AP or the STA, Or a device including the first AP or second AP or STA.
- a fourteenth aspect provides a communication system.
- the communication system includes: a first AP, a second AP and an STA.
- the first AP is used to perform the communication method described in the first aspect
- the second AP is used to perform the communication method described in the second aspect
- the STA is used to perform the communication method described in the third aspect; or
- the first AP is used to perform the communication method described in the fourth aspect
- the second AP is used to perform the communication method described in the fifth aspect
- the STA is used to perform the communication method described in the sixth aspect.
- a computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or instructions.
- the computer program or instructions When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method described in any one of the possible implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
- a computer program product includes: a computer program or instructions.
- the computer program or instructions When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer performs the method described in any one of the possible implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
- Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of the distribution of discrete RUs provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of the distribution of another discrete RU provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which an AP triggers communication with multiple STAs provided by an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an 802.11be trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an EHT TB PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a copy-transmitted EHT MU PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 6 is an architectural schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user information field in a first trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another user information field in the first trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 11 is a partial structural diagram of a public information field or a special user information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 12 is a method for indicating the identification information of the second AP provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the transmission method of the non-modulation part field in the first PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application;
- Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an NDP provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an NDPA frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 17 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP channel detection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- WLAN supports communication using protocols such as 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, 802.11ax, and 802.11be.
- 802.11n the 802.11n standard
- 802.11ac the 802.11ac standard
- HE the 802.11ax standard
- EHT the 802.11be standard
- 802.11ax In terms of bandwidth configuration, 802.11ax currently supports the following bandwidth configuration: 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz and 80+80MHz. Among them, the difference between 160MHz and 80+80MHz is that the former is a continuous frequency band, while the latter has two 80MHz can be separated. In 802.11be, only the continuous frequency band bandwidths of 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz, and 320MHz are supported.
- the LPI communication method is defined in the regulations on the 6 (giga hertz, GHz) spectrum promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission of the United States. LPI communication places strict limits on the maximum power and maximum frequency spectral density transmitted by the device. For example, the maximum power of the AP is 30dBm and the maximum power spectral density is 5dBm/MHz. The maximum power of the STA is 24dBm and the maximum power spectral density is -1dBm. /MHz. Therefore, the transmit power of the device cannot exceed the maximum power, and the power spectral density transmitted by the device cannot exceed the maximum power spectral density. Among them, the maximum power spectral density refers to the maximum transmission power of 1MHz, and the minimum granularity of the maximum power spectral density is 1MHz.
- Table 1 below shows the relationship between the maximum power of the device and the transmission bandwidth in the LPI scenario.
- the maximum power of the device increases with the increase of the transmission bandwidth, but cannot exceed the maximum power specified by regulations.
- the maximum power of the AP is 36dBm and the maximum power of the STA is 30dBm.
- the transmit power of the device is still 6dB lower than the transmit power of the device in the standard power scenario. For this reason, how to improve the transmission power of devices in LPI scenarios has become an urgent problem to be solved.
- the 802.11ax standard stipulates that for bandwidths of 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, and 160MHz, the bandwidth can be divided into multiple types of RUs.
- the size of the RU can be 26-tone RU, 52-tone RU, 106-tone RU, 242-tone RU, 484 -tone RU, 996-tone RU, etc.
- tone represents a subcarrier.
- a 26-tone RU represents an RU that includes 26 consecutive subcarriers, or an RU that includes a group of 13 consecutive subcarriers and another group of 13 consecutive subcarriers.
- FIG. 1A shows a schematic distribution diagram of discrete RUs.
- the channel bandwidth is 80MHz and includes four 20MHz sub-channels.
- Divide the 26-tone RU into two odd-numbered and even-numbered sub-RUs according to the subcarrier index value, such as 26 sub-RU1 and 26 sub-RU2.
- Each sub-RU includes 13 sub-carriers, and there is a gap between two adjacent sub-carriers of each sub-RU.
- the space is 1 subcarrier, and the two sub-RUs are located on different 20MHz sub-channels.
- 26 sub-RU1 is located on the first 20 MHz sub-channel
- 26 sub-RU2 is located on the second 20 MHz sub-channel.
- Multiple sub-channel discrete RU distribution can be achieved. .
- the 26-tone RU with the original frequency span of 2MHz can be dispersed into the 4MHz frequency range.
- This method can increase the total transmit power, indirectly increase the power of each subcarrier, and improve the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end.
- a 26-tone RU occupies approximately 2MHz bandwidth under continuous conditions, the maximum power supported by the AP is 8dB, and the maximum power supported by the STA is 2dB.
- the maximum power of the AP and STA increases by 3dB.
- FIG. 1B shows another distribution diagram of discrete RUs.
- the 26-tone RU is divided into four sub-RUs, such as 26 sub-RU1, 26 sub-RU2, 26 sub-RU3 and 26 sub-RU4.
- Each sub-RU includes 6 sub-carriers, and each sub-RU is adjacent in pairs.
- the sub-carriers are separated by 3 sub-carriers, and the four sub-RUs are located in different 20MHz sub-channels
- 26 sub-RU1 is located on the first 20MHz sub-channel
- 26 sub-RU2 is located on the second 20 MHz sub-channel
- 26 sub-RU3 is located on the third 20 MHz sub-channel
- 26 sub-RU4 is located on the fourth 20 MHz sub-channel.
- the discrete 26-tone RU occupies approximately 8MHz bandwidth, the maximum power supported by the AP is 14dB, and the maximum power supported by the STA is 8dB. Compared with the continuous 26-tone RU, the AP and STA maximum power increased by 6dB.
- the bandwidth in addition to discrete RUs used to transmit data, the bandwidth also includes guard subcarriers, null subcarriers, or direct current (DC) subcarriers.
- the resource allocation methods shown in Figure 1A and Figure 1B can increase the total transmit power by increasing the equivalent bandwidth.
- other mapping methods can also be used for discrete processing, such as taking all continuous subcarriers as a whole and mapping them to different subcarriers through a predetermined interleaver. Location.
- AP1 sends a trigger frame to STA1 ⁇ STA3.
- This trigger frame is used to trigger STA1 ⁇ STA3 to send extremely high throughput trigger-based physical layer protocol data units (extreme high throughput trigger based physical layer protocol data unit, EHT TB PPDU), after STA1 ⁇ STA3 sends EHT TB PPDU, AP1 then sends a confirmation frame to confirm the EHT TB PPDU sent by different STAs.
- EHT TB PPDU extremely high throughput trigger based physical layer protocol data unit
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an 802.11be trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the trigger frame includes a common information (common info) field and a user information list (user info list) field. It can be understood that the trigger frame may only include some of the fields shown in FIG. 3 , or may include more fields than those shown in FIG. 3 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the public information field can also be called the public domain or public information field.
- the public information field includes the trigger frame type (Trigger Type) field, the uplink length (UL Length) field, the more trigger frame (More TF) field, and the required carrier Listening (CS Required) field, uplink bandwidth (UL Bandwidth) field, guard interval + long training sequence type (GI And LTF Type) field, multi-user multiple input multiple output long training sequence mode (MU-MIMO LTF Mode) field, Number of LTF Symbols And Midamble Periodicity field, uplink space-time block coding (UL STBC) field, LDPC Extra Symbol Segment field, AP transmit power (AP TX Power ) field, Pre-FEC Padding Factor field, Packet Extension Disambiguation (PE Disambigulty) field, Uplink Spatial Reuse (UL Spatial Reuse) field, Doppler, Uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved (UL HE-SIG-A2Reserved) field, reserved field and public information
- the user information list field may also be called a user information list field.
- the user information list field includes a special user information field and one or more user information (User Info) fields.
- the special user information field includes an association identifier (AID) field, a physical layer version identifier (PHY Version ID) field, an uplink EHT bandwidth extension (UL EHT BW Extension) field, and an uplink EHT spatial multiplexing field.
- AID association identifier
- PHY Version ID physical layer version identifier
- UL EHT BW Extension uplink EHT bandwidth extension
- U-SIG Disregard And Validate universal signaling field ignore and confirm indication
- the site information Trigger Dependent User Info
- User information fields include association identification (AID12) field, resource unit allocation (RU Allocation) field, uplink forward error correction coding type (UL FEC Coding Type) field, modulation and coding strategy (UL EHT-MCS) field, and reserved fields. , spatial stream start value field, spatial stream number field, uplink target received signal strength indication (UL Target RSSI) field, PS160 primary and secondary 160MHz indication (PS160) field and user information (Trigger Dependent User Info) based on trigger (frame type) Fields.
- association identification AID12
- RU Allocation resource unit allocation
- UL FEC Coding Type uplink forward error correction coding type
- UL EHT-MCS modulation and coding strategy
- the trigger frame includes identification information of the target STA (STA1-STA3) and resource unit allocation information corresponding to the target SAT, and the trigger frame may carry indication information for instructing multiple STAs to use discrete RU transmission.
- the identification information of the target STA can be indicated by the association identification field in the user information field
- the resource unit allocation information corresponding to the target SAT can be indicated by the resource unit allocation field
- the resource unit allocation information corresponding to the target SAT can include discrete allocation information allocated by AP1.
- RU multiple STAs using discrete RU transmission can improve the transmission power of STA sending EHT TB PPDU.
- FIG 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an EHT TB PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the EHT TB PPDU includes a legacy short training sequence (legacy short training field, L-STF) field, a legacy long training sequence (legacy long training field, L-LTF) field, and a legacy signaling field (legacy signal field A, L-SIG) field, traditional signaling field replicated (repeated L-SIG, RL-SIG) field, universal signaling field (universal SIG, U-SIG) field, extremely high throughput short training sequence (extremely high throughput short training field, EHT-STF) field, extremely high throughput long training field (EHT-LTF) field, data field and data packet extension (packet extension, PE) field.
- the functions of each field in the EHT TB PPDU are shown in Table 2 below. It can be understood that in standard formulation or actual implementation, the EHT TB PPDU may also include other fields, which are not specifically limited
- multiple STAs use discrete RU transmission, which reduces the number of subcarriers sent in the 1MHz bandwidth and increases the equivalent bandwidth.
- the power of a single subcarrier increases, thereby increasing the STA's transmit power and signal-to-noise ratio on a single subcarrier.
- the power on each subcarrier will be very small, resulting in a very low equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end.
- the AP can use the copy transmission method for downlink transmission. That is, the same data is sent on more than one subcarrier.
- the receiving end can combine and receive the data received on multiple subcarriers, thereby increasing the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio of the receiving end and thereby improving the decoding performance of the receiving end.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a copy-transmitted EHT MU PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the AP uses orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) to send data to three users (such as STA1 ⁇ STA3).
- OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
- the AP uses copy transmission to send data to user 1 and user 2.
- 1 bit of information is transmitted on 4 subcarriers.
- the PPDU format used by the AP is extremely high throughput multi-user physical layer protocol data unit (extreme high throughput multiple user physical layer protocol data unit, EHT MU PPDU), the EHT MU PPDU can support single-user (downlink or uplink) and multi-user (downlink) data transmission.
- EHT MU PPDU further contains the EHT-SIG field, which contains the information required by the receiving end to demodulate subsequent data, such as the identification information of the target STA and the corresponding resource unit allocation of the target STA. Information etc.
- the copy transmission method can increase the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end, it requires sending the same data on different subcarriers, which will cause low spectrum efficiency. For example, if the data is copied a times, the spectrum efficiency is 1/a of the spectral efficiency of non-replicated transmission using all data subcarriers, where a is a positive integer greater than 1.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication method that uses a multi-AP transmission mechanism to increase the transmit power of the AP under the same spectrum efficiency and the same number of subcarriers, or Under the condition of the same spectrum efficiency and the same transmit power, the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio of each subcarrier is improved.
- the embodiments of this application can be applied to WLAN scenarios and can be applied to Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a/b/g standards, 802.11n standards, 802.11ac standards, The 802.11ax standard, or its next generation, such as the 802.11be standard or its next generation standard.
- IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- 802.11 system standards such as 802.11a/b/g standards, 802.11n standards, 802.11ac standards, The 802.11ax standard, or its next generation, such as the 802.11be standard or its next generation standard.
- Wired Internet of Things
- V2X Vehicle to X
- the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other possible communication systems, such as long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) system duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, such as new Air interface (new radio, NR) systems, as well as future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication systems and next-generation communication systems, etc.
- LTE long term evolution
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD LTE time division duplex
- TDD time division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
- WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
- 5G fifth generation
- 5G new Air interface
- 6G sixth generation
- next-generation communication systems etc.
- the communication system may include: at least two APs, and one or more STAs.
- the AP can be used to implement resource scheduling, wireless resource management, wireless access control, etc. of the STA, and transmit data for the STA on the scheduled wireless resources.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- APs include AP1, AP2, and AP3, and STAs include STA1, STA2, and STA3.
- AP1 may schedule wireless resources for STA1 and STA2, and transmit data for STA1, STA2, and STA3 on the scheduled wireless resources.
- the data may include uplink data information and/or downlink data information.
- AP1 can schedule wireless resources for AP2 and AP3, and AP2 and AP3 can transmit for STA1, STA2 and STA3 on the wireless resources scheduled by AP1. data.
- one or more APs can communicate with one or more STAs.
- APs can communicate with APs, and STAs can communicate with each other.
- the AP can be a device deployed in a wireless communication network to provide wireless communication functions for its associated STAs. It is mainly deployed inside homes, buildings, and campuses. The typical coverage radius is tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also be deployed outdoors.
- the AP is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet.
- the AP can be a base station, router, gateway, repeater, communication server, switch or bridge and other communication equipment with a WiFi chip.
- base stations can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc.
- the AP can be a device supporting the 802.11be standard.
- the AP can also be a device that supports multiple WLAN standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
- the AP in the embodiment of this application may be an extremely high throughput (EHT) AP or a HE AP, or may be an access point that is applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi standards. Among them, extremely high throughput can also be called extremely high throughput.
- the STA in the embodiment of this application may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor, a wireless communication terminal, etc., and may also be called a user (or user site).
- a user terminal user device, access device, subscriber station, subscriber unit, mobile station, user agent, or user equipment that supports Wi-Fi or WLAN communication functions.
- the user terminal may include various types of wireless communication functions. capable handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, IoT devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile stations (MS), Terminal, terminal equipment, portable communications device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or any other suitable device configured for network communications via a wireless medium Equipment etc.
- UE user equipment
- MS mobile stations
- Terminal terminal equipment, portable communications device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or any other suitable device configured for network communications via a wireless medium Equipment etc.
- STA can support the 802.11be standard.
- STA can also support multiple WLAN standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
- the STA in the embodiment of this application may be an EHT STA or a HE STA, or may be a station that is applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi or WLAN standards.
- the above-mentioned STA and AP can be: devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, Internet of Things nodes, sensors, etc. in the IoT, smart cameras in smart homes, smart remote controls, smart water meters, and sensors in smart cities. etc., as well as communication servers, routers, switches, bridges, computers, mobile phones, etc.
- the APs and STAs involved in the embodiments of this application can be collectively referred to as WLAN communication devices.
- the WLAN communication device may include hardware structure and software modules.
- the WLAN communication device can implement various communication functions (such as functions corresponding to the communication methods in the embodiments of this article) in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules.
- a certain function among the various communication functions can be implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
- Figure 6 is only an exemplary framework diagram, and the number of nodes included in Figure 6 and the access method of STAs are not limited. In addition to the functional nodes shown in Figure 6, other nodes may also be included, such as core network equipment, etc., without limitation.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This communication method can be applied to the communication system shown in Figure 6.
- the communication method includes the following steps:
- the first AP generates a first trigger frame.
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete multiple resource units (MRUs) to participate in downlink transmission.
- MRUs discrete multiple resource units
- the discrete MRU may be a joint RU composed of multiple predetermined discrete RUs.
- the structure of the first trigger frame may refer to the structure of the trigger frame shown in Figure 3 above. That is, the first trigger frame may include a public information field and a user information list field.
- the user information list field may include a special user information field and a or Multiple user information fields.
- the multiple APs include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger the first AP and N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, and N is a positive integer.
- the first AP participates in downlink transmission, that is, the first AP performs downlink transmission together with its scheduled second AP.
- the number of scheduled second APs may be 1, that is, N may be 1.
- the first AP can reserve resources required for its own transmission when scheduling the second AP, such as when configuring the first trigger frame.
- the first trigger frame may be used to trigger the first AP and the at least one second AP to participate in downlink transmission using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the first AP is both the initiator and participant of multi-AP discrete RU transmission during multi-AP discrete RU transmission.
- the first AP participates in discrete RU transmission, it can be considered to be triggered by the first trigger frame.
- the trigger may not depend on the first trigger frame, that is, the first AP independently performs downlink transmission according to the number of scheduled second APs.
- the first trigger frame may not include scheduling information related to the first AP's participation in transmission.
- the first AP After sending the first trigger frame to the second AP, the discrete RU or discrete MRU can be used together with the second AP for downlink transmission at a set time point.
- the multiple APs include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first AP does not participate in downlink transmission, that is, it only schedules multiple second APs to participate in downlink transmission.
- N can be a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first AP may only be used to schedule multiple second APs for transmission and does not participate in downlink transmission.
- the initiator of multi-AP discrete RU transmission whether the first AP participates in the transmission can be determined based on the number of second APs that can currently be scheduled, channel status information, complexity of scheduling the second AP, etc.
- This application does not limit this. For example, in one possible scenario, there are only two APs, and the AP that is the initiator of multi-AP transmission (ie, the first AP) needs to participate in the transmission. In another possible scenario, there are five APs.
- the AP that is the initiator of multi-AP transmission i.e., the first AP
- the first AP may also be called the primary AP, which may be the AP1 shown in the above-mentioned Figure 6, and the second AP may be called the secondary AP, which may be the one shown in the above-mentioned Figure 6.
- the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the first indication information is used to instruct the first AP and at least one second AP to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, or the first indication information is used to instruct at least two second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. transmission.
- the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field as shown in Figure 3.
- the first AP may use the trigger frame type field to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the trigger frame type field is used to indicate that the first trigger frame is a trigger frame for multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs. It is worth noting that the trigger frame type field is an existing field.
- the length of the trigger frame type field is 4 bits. When the trigger frame type field has a value of 0 to 7 (i.e., 0000 to 0111), it already has a corresponding indication meaning.
- the value of the trigger frame type field can be any value from 8 to 15 (i.e., 1000 to 1111), which is used to indicate that multiple APs use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. In this embodiment of this application, No restrictions.
- the trigger frame type field can also be used to indicate that multiple APs use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs but do not perform downlink transmission.
- the trigger frame type field can also be used to indicate that multiple APs do not use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the trigger frame type field may also be used to indicate that multiple APs do not use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs and do not perform downlink transmission.
- the length of the trigger frame type field is 4 bits.
- the trigger frame type field indicates 1001, it indicates that multiple APs do not use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs and do not perform downlink transmission; when the trigger frame type field indicates 1010, it indicates Multiple APs do not use discrete RU or discrete MRU (such as using continuous RU or discrete MRU), but can perform downlink transmission; when the trigger frame type field indicates 1011, it indicates that multiple APs use discrete RU or discrete MRU but do not perform downlink transmission. Transmission; when the trigger frame type field indicates 1100, multiple APs are instructed to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
- the following fields may also correspond to different indication information when they have different values, or different indication information may correspond to different values of the fields. For specific descriptions, please refer to the relevant description of the trigger frame type field, which will not be discussed further. Repeat.
- the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information.
- the second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission
- the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the second indication information may be a trigger frame type field as shown in Figure 3. In this case, the trigger frame type field is only used to indicate that multiple APs participate in downlink transmission.
- the third indication information can be carried in a public information field, a user information field or a special user information field.
- the third indication information can be indicated by one or more bits in a public information field, a user information field or a special user information field. .
- the third indication information is indicated by one or more bits in the 56th to 62nd bits (ie, b56 to b62) in the public information field.
- b56 to b62 in the public information field are
- the third indication information can be indicated by b60 ⁇ b62.
- the uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved field can be b60 to b62 in are set as a new field, which can be used to indicate the third indication information, that is, to indicate that multiple APs use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved field is changed from 9 bits to 6 bits
- the third indication information is a field located in the 60th to 62nd bits.
- the field name corresponding to the third indication information can be named according to actual applications or needs. , such as the discrete RU indication field or the discrete transmission indication field, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP, and the identification information of the second AP is used to indicate an AP that uses discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
- the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service corresponding to the second AP.
- the service set color or the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP is part of the information in the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP, such as changing the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP
- the information indicated by the lower 8 bits is used as the identification information of the second AP, which can save signaling overhead.
- the first trigger frame also includes the identification information of the first AP, but the first trigger frame does not need to carry the relevant information of the first AP transmission, and the first AP automatically Schedule STA to use discrete RU or discrete MRU for downlink transmission.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field.
- One user information field in the user information list field includes the identification information of the second AP.
- in one user information field Includes identification information of one second AP among the N pieces of second identification information.
- the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
- the identification information of a second AP may correspond to one or more user information fields in the user information list field.
- the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
- a user information field corresponding to the identification information of a second AP may also include RU allocation information.
- the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission, and the discrete RUs or discrete MRUs may be one or more.
- the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- a user information field corresponding to the identification information of a second AP may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the m-th user information field corresponding to the identification information of the n-th second AP may also include the identification information of the STA associated with the n-th second AP.
- the m-th user information field The RU allocation information may include one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission between the n-th second AP and STAs associated with the n-th second AP.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user information field in a first trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the user information field includes an AP identification information field, an association identification field, and a resource unit allocation field.
- the AP identification information field may be used to indicate the identification information of one second AP (such as the n-th second AP) among the identification information of the N second APs
- the association identification field may be used to indicate the identification information associated with the n-th second AP.
- the identification information of the STA associated with the AP, the resource unit allocation field can be used to indicate the RU allocation information, and the RU allocation information includes the downlink transmission between the n-th second AP and the STA associated with the n-th second AP.
- the user information field may also include the uplink forward error correction coding type field, modulation and coding strategy field, spatial stream start value field, spatial stream number field, uplink target received signal strength indication field and trigger-based (Frame type) user information field and other information used for downlink transmission.
- uplink forward error correction coding type field modulation and coding strategy field
- spatial stream start value field spatial stream start value field
- spatial stream number field uplink target received signal strength indication field
- trigger-based (Frame type) user information field and other information used for downlink transmission.
- the user information field shown in FIG. 8 may indicate identification information of a second AP and identification information of an STA associated with the second AP.
- the identification information of a second AP and an associated STA may correspond to a user information field.
- the identification information of a second AP may correspond to one or more user information fields in the user information list field, but the association identifiers in different user information fields indicate different STAs, that is, the nth The STAs indicated by the association identification fields in the M user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the two APs are different.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- AP1 is the first AP
- STA1 and STA2 are scheduled for AP2, and STA3 is scheduled for AP3.
- the user information field in the generated first trigger frame is shown in Figure 8.
- the identification information of AP2 can correspond to the user information list field.
- the corresponding AP identification information fields indicate the identification information of AP2, but the corresponding indicated identification information of the STA associated with AP2 is different. That is to say, the STAs indicated by the association identification fields in user information field 2 and user information field 3 are different.
- the association identification fields in user information field 2 and user information field 3 respectively indicate the identification information of STA1 and STA2.
- the user information Field 2 and user information field 3 can indicate that AP2 needs to send data to STA1 and STA2 respectively.
- the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field in the user information field 2 is used for communication between AP2 and STA1.
- the RU allocation information includes the communication between AP2 and the associated STA1.
- the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field in user information field 3 is used for communication between AP2 and STA2.
- the RU allocation information includes one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete RUs used for downlink transmission between AP2 and the associated STA2. Multiple discrete MRUs.
- the corresponding AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP3
- the associated identification information indicates the identification information of STA3
- the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field is used for communication between AP3 and STA3.
- the RU allocation information includes one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission between AP3 and the associated STA3.
- the one or more discrete RUs or the one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission in the embodiment of the present application can also be referred to as discrete RU resource information or downlink discrete RU resource information, and this is not done Specific limitations.
- the user information field corresponding to the identification information of the second AP may not include the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the user information field does not include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. That is to say, the first AP may not schedule an STA for the second AP in advance.
- the second AP may schedule the STA according to one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission included in the RU allocation information in the user information field.
- the structure of the user information field in the first trigger frame may be as shown in Figure 10.
- the user information field includes an AP identification information field and a resource unit allocation field. There is no associated identification field in the user information field.
- the functions of the AP identification information field and the resource unit allocation field are similar to the functions of the AP identification information field in the user information field shown in Figure 8, but the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field does not specify which STA to communicate with. communication.
- one second AP may also correspond to multiple user information fields.
- the resource unit allocation information fields in different user information fields indicate different RU allocation information allocated by the first AP to the second AP.
- the RU allocation information Including one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
- the first AP allocates one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs to a second AP.
- the first AP can indicate the allocated discrete RU resource information through a user information field, or can also use multiple
- the user information field is used to separately indicate the allocated discrete RU resource information.
- AP1 allocates 6 discrete MRUs to AP2, which is indicated by two user information fields, such as user information field 2 and user information field 3.
- the resource unit allocation field in the user information field 2 indicates the 2 discrete MRUs allocated to AP2.
- the resource unit allocation field in user information field 3 indicates the four discrete MRUs allocated to AP2, but the AP identification information fields in user information field 2 and user information field 3 both indicate the identification information of AP2.
- the user information field shown in Figure 10 may also include an uplink forward error correction coding type field, a modulation and coding strategy field, a spatial stream start value field, a spatial stream number field, and an uplink target received signal strength indication field. Or information for downlink transmission based on trigger (frame type) user information field.
- the RU allocation information may also include discrete RU resource information for uplink transmission.
- the AP and STA may use the same discrete RU resource information for uplink transmission and downlink transmission.
- the RU allocation information may not include discrete resource RU information for uplink transmission.
- the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
- the identification information of the second AP may be located in the public information field based on the trigger frame type in the public information field as shown in FIG. 3, but the user information field does not carry the identification information of the second AP.
- the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP.
- the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently. That is to say, in addition to the identification information of the N second APs included in the public information field or the special user information field, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information indicating that each second AP is in the first trigger frame.
- the number or number of user information fields in the user information field, and the identification information of each second AP and its corresponding user information field number information are arranged adjacently.
- FIG. 11 is a partial structural diagram of a public information field or a special user information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the public information field or the special user information field includes an AP quantity field, an AP identification information field, and a corresponding user information field quantity field, and each AP The identification information fields are arranged adjacently and there is a corresponding user information field number field.
- the AP quantity field can be used to indicate the number of second APs.
- the AP The identification information field may be used to indicate the identification information of the second AP, and the number of corresponding user information fields field may be used to indicate the number of corresponding user information fields of the second AP.
- AP1 instructs AP2 and AP3 (the second AP) to participate in downlink transmission.
- AP1 instructs AP2 to AP4 to participate in downlink transmission.
- the identification information of the second AP in the common information field or the special user information field is indicated as shown in (c) of Figure 12 .
- the number of second APs indicated by the AP quantity field is 3,
- the number of information fields is 3.
- the number of user information fields corresponding to AP3 indicated by the adjacent corresponding user information field number field is 4.
- the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously. In other words, when one second AP corresponds to multiple user information fields, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are arranged continuously. Therefore, the second AP can determine which user information fields correspond to the second AP based on the identification information of the second AP.
- the public information field or special user information field may not include the number of user information fields, as shown in (a) in Figure 11
- the corresponding user information field quantity field includes an AP quantity field and an AP identification information field, which are used to indicate the number of second APs and the identification information of the second AP.
- the structure of the user information field may be the user information shown in Figure 3 The structure of the field.
- the user information field may not include an association identification field, that is to say, it may not include information about the STA associated with the second AP.
- the user information field does not include an association identification field, and the second AP STA scheduling is performed according to the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field.
- the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection. For example, before the second AP transmits data to the STA, the first AP can trigger the second AP to participate in channel detection through the first trigger frame to provide channel information required for beamforming, coding, etc. for data transmission. Alternatively, the first AP and the scheduled second AP participate in channel detection together.
- the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, which is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to perform channel detection.
- fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to perform channel detection.
- the field corresponding to the fourth indication information may indicate that multiple APs do not participate in channel sounding.
- the fourth indication information may also be a trigger frame type field.
- the trigger frame type field may indicate multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission without participating in channel detection according to the value. Or instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs not to participate in downlink transmission but to participate in channel detection, etc.
- the fourth indication information is also indicated by 1 or more bits in the public information field or the user information field.
- the trigger frame type field in the first trigger frame may indicate multiple The AP uses discrete RU or discrete MRU but does not participate in downlink transmission.
- the first trigger frame includes indication information for instructing multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission (such as the first indication information or In the case of second indication information), and indication information (such as the fourth information) used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel detection, the first trigger frame can priority trigger multiple APs to perform channel detection. After the channel detection is completed, multiple APs are triggered to transmit downlink data.
- the first trigger frame may not carry relevant information about the first AP performing channel detection. Similar to data transmission, since the first AP is in the multi-AP discrete RU channel detection process , is both an initiator and a participant. When the first AP participates in discrete RU channel detection, it can be considered to be triggered by the first trigger frame, or it can be triggered independently of the first trigger frame.
- the RU allocation information in the first trigger frame may also include one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to multiple APs for channel detection.
- the discrete RU resource information used by multiple APs for channel detection may be the same as the discrete RU resource information used for downlink transmission.
- the first trigger frame may not carry relevant information such as data field coding.
- the first trigger frame may also include public information such as a sounding dialogue token, which is used to indicate which channel detection this channel detection is.
- each field in the embodiment of this application can be named according to the function of each field.
- the field corresponding to the number of user information fields can also be called the number field of user information fields, the number of user information fields field, etc. This application The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
- the first AP sends the first trigger frame to the second AP.
- the second AP receives the first trigger frame from the first AP.
- the first trigger frame when the first trigger frame is used to trigger multi-AP data transmission, the first trigger frame may include first indication information (or second indication information and third indication information), second indication information, and second indication information.
- the identification information of the AP or the RU allocation information may not include the fourth indication information, or the field corresponding to the fourth indication information may indicate that multiple APs do not participate in channel sounding.
- the second AP may determine to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission based on the first indication information in the first trigger frame, or the second AP may determine to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission based on the second indication information and the third indication information in the first trigger frame.
- RU or discrete MRU participates in downlink transmission.
- the first AP is AP1
- the second APs are AP2 and AP3.
- the first trigger frame sent by AP1 includes user information fields 2 to 4, and the user information fields in the first trigger frame have a structure as shown in FIG. 8 .
- user information fields 2 and 3 are used to indicate the relevant information of AP2's downlink transmission
- user information field 4 is used to indicate the relevant information of AP3's downlink transmission.
- Each user information field may include the identification information of the second AP (AP2 or AP3), the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP (STA1 or STA2 or STA3), and the information used between the second AP and the associated STA.
- Discrete RU resource information for downlink transmission Discrete RU resource information for downlink transmission.
- the first AP sends a first trigger frame including user information fields 2 to 4, and the user information fields in the first trigger frame are as shown in Figure 10 structure.
- user information fields 2 and 3 are used to indicate the relevant information of AP2's downlink transmission
- user information field 4 is used to indicate the relevant information of AP3's downlink transmission.
- Each user information field may include identification information of the second AP (AP2 or AP3) and discrete RU resource information used by the second AP (AP2 or AP3) for downlink transmission.
- the first AP does not schedule STAs for the second AP. , but only allocates discrete RU resource information to the second AP, and then the second AP (AP2 or AP3) can schedule the STA for downlink transmission according to the discrete RU resource information indicated by the user information field.
- the user information field in the first trigger frame is as shown in Figure 3 above, and the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field as shown in Figure 11.
- AP2 or AP3 can respond according to the corresponding The identification information determines the number of user information fields, and then determines the discrete RU resource information allocated by AP1 and/or the STAs associated with it based on the corresponding number of user information fields.
- the first trigger frame when the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection, the first trigger frame
- the frame transmission may include first indication information (or second indication information and third indication information), identification information of the second AP, RU allocation information, fourth indication information, etc.
- the second AP may use discrete RU or discrete MRU to perform channel detection according to the fourth indication information in the first trigger frame.
- the indication method or carrying method of each information in the first trigger frame please refer to the relevant description in the above S701 and the above relevant description in the multi-AP data transmission, and will not be described again here.
- the second AP sends the first PPDU to one or more STAs.
- the STA receives the first PPDU from the second AP.
- the first PPDU includes a modulation part field
- the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the second AP transmits the modulation part field according to the discrete RU or discrete MRU indicated in the first trigger frame.
- Multiple second APs simultaneously send the first PPDU at a set time point.
- the set time point may be indicated by the first AP, such as carried in the first trigger frame, or determined by negotiation between the first AP and the second AP.
- the set time point is used to indicate the time point when the second AP performs downlink transmission.
- the user information field in the first trigger frame is as shown in Figure 8, and AP2 sends the first PPDU to STA1 and STA2, then AP2 can use the user information field in the first trigger frame to One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs in the RU allocation information indicated in field 2 and user information field 3 send the modulation part field in the first PPDU to STA1 and STA2 at the set time point.
- AP3 can send the modulation part field in the first PPDU according to the first trigger frame.
- AP2 can be based on the instructions in user information field 2 and user information field 3 in the first trigger frame.
- One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs in the RU allocation information schedule the STA, and send the modulation part field in the first PPDU to the scheduled STA.
- AP3 is similar to AP2, and will not be described again here.
- the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field, where the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information used to demodulate the modulation part field.
- the non-modulated part field may also include a U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, The PPDU type and compression mode fields, the symbol number field of the first field, or the coding and modulation strategy field of the first field.
- U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, The PPDU type and compression mode fields, the symbol number field of the first field, or the coding and modulation strategy field of the first field.
- the physical layer version field indicates the type of the first PPDU (such as UHR PPDU below), the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the first PPDU, the uplink/downlink field indicates downlink transmission, and the transmission opportunity field indicates the transmission opportunity duration of this transmission.
- PPDU The type and compression mode fields indicate that this transmission is downlink transmission using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- the number of symbols field in the first field indicates the number of symbols occupied by the first field.
- the coding and modulation strategy field in the first field indicates the first field. coding modulation method.
- the basic service set color indicated by the basic service set color field is determined according to the transmission mode of the non-modulation part. For details, please refer to the following related descriptions.
- the modulation part field in the first PPDU may also include a data field.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the first PPDU is an ultra high reliability (UHR) PPDU.
- the UHR PPDU includes an L-STF field, an L-LTF field, an L-SIG field, a RL-SIG field, and a U-SIG field.
- UHR-SIG field, UHR-STF field, UHR-LTF field, data field and PE field UHR-SIG field, UHR-STF field, UHR-LTF field, data field and PE field.
- the L-STF field, L-LTF field, L-SIG field, RL-SIG field, U-SIG field, and UHR-SIG field belong to the non-UHR modulation part fields
- the above-mentioned first field can be the UHR-SIG field
- the UHR-STF field, UHR-LTF field, data field and PE field belong to the UHR modulation part fields.
- the UHR-STF field and the UHR-LTF field are preambles used to demodulate subsequent data fields
- UHR-STF can be used for automatic gain control
- UHR-LTF can be used for channel estimation.
- the non-UHR modulation part from the L-STF field to the RL-SIG field is usually modulated in units of 20MHz sub-channels, and duplicate transmission is performed on each 20MHz sub-channel.
- the U-SIG field is copied and transmitted in each 80 MHz frequency sub-block.
- the content of the U-SIG field in each 80 MHz frequency sub-block may be different or the same.
- the UHR in the UHR PPDU provided by the embodiment of this application may be a certain generation standard after 802.11be.
- the name of the label The above name is only an example.
- the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the name of the first PPDU.
- it can also be called ultra-high throughput (UHT) PPDU, or it can be other names.
- the non-modulated partial fields sent by multiple APs have the same content.
- at least two second APs can jointly send the non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
- the contents of the non-modulated part fields sent by different APs are the same, as shown in (a) in Figure 14.
- AP2 and AP3 jointly send the non-modulated part, and the contents of the non-modulated part fields sent by AP2 and AP3 are exactly the same.
- the first AP can define the signaling content of the non-modulation part in advance, as shown in Figure 8 in the user information field in the first trigger frame.
- the basic service set colors in the U-SIG fields can be It is indicated by the first trigger frame.
- the first trigger frame indicates the basic service set color used by AP2 and AP3 for this transmission; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field can also be preset.
- the defined basic service set color; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field can also be the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
- AP2 and AP3 uniformly use the basic service corresponding to AP1
- the embodiments of this application do not limit the collection of colors or logos.
- the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs, such as including STA1 and STA2 associated with AP2.
- RU allocation information The User Specific field in the first field carries one of the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, coding and modulation, spatial stream allocation and other information. or more.
- the RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs may also be carried in the user information field in the first field.
- the RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs in the first PPDU may also include one or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
- the first field may not carry N
- the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP, the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, coding modulation, spatial stream allocation and other information, or the second AP does not transmit the first field or The first field is not included in the first PPDU.
- multiple APs may send the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks, for example, at least two second APs send the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- different APs use frequency division to transmit the non-modulated part field, and transmit the non-modulated part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- Different second APs transmit different non-modulated part fields, as shown in (b) in Figure 14 shown.
- AP2 and AP3 transmit the non-UHR modulation part in different 80MHz frequency resource sub-blocks, and the position of the 80MHz frequency resource sub-block where the second AP sends the non-UHR modulation part may be in the first position of the first AP (such as AP1). Indication in the trigger frame, for example, allocation in the order in which the identification information of the second AP appears, or explicit indication in the user information field corresponding to the second AP.
- the positions of the 80 MHz frequency resource sub-blocks used by different APs to transmit non-UHR modulation parts can also be determined by the first AP and the second AP through negotiation.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP is used to indicate the first The color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP.
- the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to AP2 is the basic service set color corresponding to AP2
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to AP2 may include RU allocation information of the STA associated with AP2
- the public information field in the first field corresponding to AP3 may include RU allocation information of the STA associated with AP3.
- the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP also includes one or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission.
- the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP may be indicated in the first trigger frame.
- the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP can be provided by the second AP according to the discrete RU or discrete RU allocated in the user information field.
- the MRU is further scheduled to the STA, and the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP includes the One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
- the first AP also sends the first PPDU to one or more STAs at a preset time point.
- the STA receives the first PPDU from the first AP.
- the first AP participates in the transmission, it can send the PPDU together with at least one second AP at the same point in time.
- the first AP may also jointly send a non-modulated part field with the same content as the second AP, and the content of the non-modulated part field in the first PPDU is exactly the same as the content of the non-modulated part field in the second PPDU.
- the first field corresponding to the first AP and the first field corresponding to the at least one second AP include RU allocation information of the STA associated with the first AP and RU allocation information of the STA associated with the at least one second AP.
- the first AP and the second AP may also send the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks, and the contents of the non-modulation part field in the first PPDU corresponding to different APs are different, as shown in (b) of Figure 14.
- the first PPDU may be a null data packet (NDP), and the NDP is used for one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
- NDP can also be called detection PPDU, which is a special UHR PPDU, that is, NDP has no data field.
- the structure of NDP is shown in Figure 15. Its transmission method is similar to the UHR PPDU shown in Figure 13.
- the modulation part field adopts For discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission, please refer to the relevant description of UHR PPDU transmission mentioned above for details, which will not be described again here.
- the second AP before sending the NDP, can also send a null data packet announcement (NDPA) frame to one or more STAs, where the NDPA frame is used to notify the STAs to proceed. Channel sounding.
- NDPA null data packet announcement
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an NDPA frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the NDPA frame may include a frame control field, a duration field, a receiving address field, a sending address field, a public information field, one or more site information fields or a frame check sequence field, etc.
- the public information field can include the detection session token field and the AP identification list field, etc.
- the site information field can include the AP identification field, association identifier 11 (AID11) field, partial bandwidth information (Partial BW Info) field, 1-bit reserved field, column number index field, feedback type and packet number field, disambiguation field, codebook size field or 3-bit reserved field, etc.
- AID11 association identifier 11
- Partial BW Info partial bandwidth information
- the AP identification field is used to indicate an AP (the first AP or the second AP); the association identification 11 field represents the lower 11 bits of an associated site identification, used to identify the target site; the partial bandwidth information field is a 9-bit Bitmap used to instruct the STA to feedback channel status information of part of the bandwidth.
- the first bit is used to indicate the subsequent 8-bit bitmap, and each bit represents whether the sub-bandwidth granularity is 20MHz or 40MHz. For example, when the bandwidth is 320MHz, the granularity indication is 1, indicating that the granularity is 40MHz.
- Each of the subsequent 8 bits is used to indicate 8 40MHz sub-bands in the entire 320MHz; the number of columns (Nc) index field is used Used to indicate the number of columns of channel state information (compressed beamforming report matrix V) that a certain STA needs to feed back; Feedback Type and Number of Grouping fields (Feedback Type And Number of Grouping) are used to indicate the feedback type and Ng subcarriers are divided into A group, in which the feedback types include single user (SU) feedback, multi-user feedback and channel quality indication (CQI).
- the number of grouping (Ng) includes 4 and 16. The larger Ng is, the greater the compression amount; the codebook size (codebook size) is used to indicate the accuracy of quantization, and different accuracy corresponds to different overhead.
- two reserved fields of 1 bit and 3 bits are used for subsequent expansion.
- multiple APs can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- at least two second APs can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the contents of NDPA frames sent by multiple APs are the same.
- the station information field in the NDPA frame includes identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
- multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit NDPA frames, for example, at least two second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit NDPA frames.
- different APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit NDPA frames and send them independently on different frequency resources.
- the NDPA frame may not include the AP identification field in the AP identification list field and the station information field, and the sending address field may identify the sender of the NDPA frame.
- the first AP may also send an NDPA frame to the STA.
- the STA receives the NDPA frame from the first AP.
- the first AP and at least one second AP may jointly send NDPA frames with the same content, or may use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send NDPA frames.
- the first PPDU is NDP, which will not be described again here.
- the STA parses the first PPDU.
- the first PPDU is a UHR PPDU as shown in Figure 13.
- the STA After receiving the UHR PPDU, the STA parses the UHR PPDU and can obtain the data transmitted by the UHR PPDU, discrete RU resource information for uplink transmission, Or the identification information of the AP, etc.
- the STA parses the NDP and uses the parsed L-LTF sequence to perform channel detection and so on.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application also includes the following steps:
- the STA uses the discrete RU or the discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the second AP.
- the second AP receives the second PPDU from the STA.
- the discrete RU or discrete MRU used by the STA for uplink transmission can be obtained by parsing the first PPDU or by parsing the first trigger frame.
- the discrete RU or discrete MRU used by the STA for uplink transmission can be obtained by parsing the first PPDU or by parsing the first trigger frame.
- the STA can obtain one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to the STA for uplink transmission indicated in the first PPDU, and the STA can also use discrete The RU or discrete MRU sends the second PPDU to the second AP.
- STA1 uses the discrete RU resource information indicated in the first PPDU to send the second PPDU to AP2, and the second PPDU may carry data information.
- the second PPDU may not carry data information, but the second PPDU may carry or include a compressed beamforming report (CBFR) or channel status indication CQI for feedback. Current channel status.
- CBFR compressed beamforming report
- CQI channel status indication
- the STA may also send the second AP to the first AP based on one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs indicated in the first PPDU for uplink transmission. PPDU.
- the first AP receives the second PPDU from the STA.
- S705 the relevant description in S705 above, which will not be described again here.
- the first AP can trigger one or more second APs to perform discrete RU data transmission through the first trigger frame, forming a multi-AP discrete RU transmission process.
- the transmit power of the AP can be increased or the power spectral density on a single subcarrier can be increased.
- the communication method shown in Figure 7 mainly describes the process of multiple APs using discrete RUs for downlink data transmission.
- the following is a detailed description of the process of multiple APs using discrete RUs for channel detection based on the scenario.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, the communication method includes the following steps:
- the first AP generates a second trigger frame.
- the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel detection.
- the multiple APs include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
- the second trigger frame is used to trigger the first AP and N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel detection, where N is a positive integer.
- the first AP participates in channel detection, that is, the first AP performs channel detection together with its scheduled second AP.
- the number of the scheduled second APs may be 1, that is, N may be 1. It can be understood that when the first AP participates in channel detection, it also uses discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to perform channel detection.
- the multiple APs include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first trigger frame is used to trigger N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first AP does not participate in channel detection, that is, it only schedules multiple second APs to perform channel detection, and N can be a positive integer greater than 1.
- the first AP may only be used to schedule multiple second APs to perform channel detection and does not participate in channel detection.
- the first AP is both an initiator and a participant in the multi-AP discrete RU transmission process.
- the first AP participates in discrete RU channel detection, it may be considered to be triggered by the second trigger frame, or may not be triggered based on the second trigger frame.
- the second trigger frame may not include scheduling information related to the first AP's participation in channel detection.
- the second trigger frame may include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
- the fifth indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
- the second trigger frame may include sixth indication information and seventh indication information.
- the sixth The indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel detection
- the seventh indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for channel detection.
- the sixth indication information may also be a trigger frame type field
- the seventh indication information may be carried in a public information field, a user information field or a special user information field.
- the second trigger frame may also include the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, or RU allocation information, etc.
- the RU allocation information includes the RU allocation information allocated to the second AP for channel detection. One or more RUs or one or more discrete MRUs.
- the fifth indication information (or the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information) in the second trigger frame, the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, the carrying method and the sending method of the RU allocation information Reference may be made to the relevant description in the first trigger frame in S701 above, which will not be described again here.
- the difference between the second trigger frame and the first trigger frame is that the second trigger frame does not include the first indication information (or the second indication information and the third indication information), and when performing channel detection, since no data transmission is involved,
- the second trigger frame may not carry relevant information such as data field encoding.
- the second trigger frame may also include public information such as a sounding dialogue token, which is used to indicate which channel detection this channel detection is.
- the first AP sends the second trigger frame to the second AP.
- the second AP receives the second trigger frame from the first AP.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP channel detection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- AP1 is the first AP
- AP2 and AP3 are the second AP
- AP1 does not participate in channel detection.
- AP1 may send a second trigger frame to AP2 and AP3 to trigger AP2 and AP3 to perform channel detection.
- the second trigger frame may include identification information of STAs associated with AP2 and AP3, discrete RU resource information for channel detection, and the like.
- S1702 please refer to the relevant content in S702 above, and will not be described again here.
- the second AP sends an NDPA frame to one or more STAs.
- the STA receives the NDPA frame from the second AP.
- the NDPA frame is used to notify the STA to perform channel detection.
- multiple second APs can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
- the contents of the NDPA frames sent by multiple second APs are the same.
- the station information field in the NDPA frame corresponding to a second AP includes identification information of multiple second APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple second APs.
- the NDPA frame sent by each second AP includes the identification information of all second APs and the identification information of STAs associated with all second APs.
- the NDPA frame corresponding to AP2 may include AP2 The identification information of AP3, the identification information of the STA associated with AP2, and the identification information of the STA associated with AP3.
- NDPA frames are transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs and are sent independently on different frequency resources.
- the NDPA frame may not include the AP identification field in the AP identification list field and the station information field, and the sending address field may identify the sender of the NDPA frame.
- the first AP may also send an NDPA frame to the STA.
- the STA receives the NDPA frame from the first AP.
- the first AP and the second AP may jointly send NDPA frames with the same content, or may use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send NDPA frames, which will not be described again here.
- AP2 sends an NDPA frame to STA1 and STA2
- AP3 sends an NDPA frame to STA3.
- AP2 and AP3 can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content, or they can use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send different NDPA frames.
- NDPA frame can be jointly sent with the same content, or they can use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send different NDPA frames.
- the second AP sends NDP to one or more STAs.
- the STA receives the NDP from the second AP.
- NDP is used by STA for channel detection.
- AP2 sends an NDP to STA1 and STA2, and AP3 sends an NDP to STA3.
- the modulation part field in the NDP is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- AP2 and AP3 can jointly transmit NDP or independently send NDP on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
- the NDP can also be called a detection PPDU, which is a special UHR PPDU, that is, the NDP has no data field, and the NDP
- the structure can be shown in Figure 15, and its transmission method is similar to the UHR PPDU method shown in Figure 13.
- the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
- UHR PPDU transmission in S703 above please refer to the relevant description of UHR PPDU transmission in S703 above, which is not shown here. Again.
- the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include the following steps:
- the second AP uses the discrete RU or the discrete MRU to send the third trigger frame to one or more STAs.
- the STA receives the third trigger frame from the second AP.
- the third trigger frame is used to trigger the STA to send channel detection information, and the channel detection information can be indicated by CBFR or CQI. It can be understood that the third trigger frame may also include identification information of the STA, or information used to instruct the STA to send channel sounding information, etc.
- STA performs channel detection based on NDP.
- STA1 After STA1 receives the NDP sent by AP2, it can parse the NDP and obtain the L-LTF sequence or UHR-LTF sequence for channel estimation, so as to obtain the channel state information between STA1 and AP2. .
- the processing procedures of STA2 and STA3 are similar to those of STA1 and will not be described again here.
- the STA sends the second PPDU to the second AP.
- the second AP receives the second PPDU from the STA.
- the second PPDU includes CBFR or CQI, which is used to indicate the channel status between the STA and the second AP.
- STA1 may send the second PPDU according to the discrete RU resource information carried in the NDP sent by AP2.
- STA1 can send CBFR or CQI to AP2 based on the discrete RU resource information carried in the NDP, which can prepare for subsequent data transmission between AP2 and STA2 to achieve more efficient data transmission.
- the processing procedures of STA2 and STA3 are similar to those of STA1 and will not be described again here.
- the first AP can also participate in channel detection. What is different from multiple second APs performing channel detection is that the second trigger frame does not include the first AP used for channel detection.
- the first AP configures related scheduling information itself.
- the first AP participates in channel detection, after the first AP sends the second trigger frame to the second AP, it can also communicate with the second AP at a set time point.
- S1701-S1707 please refer to the relevant descriptions in S1701-S1707 above, which will not be described again.
- the first AP can trigger one or more second APs to use discrete RUs to perform channel detection through the second trigger frame, forming a multi-AP discrete RU channel detection process.
- the transmit power of the AP can be increased or the power spectral density on a single subcarrier can be increased, and channel detection can also be achieved.
- the methods and/or steps implemented by the first AP can also be implemented by components that can be used in the first AP (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software); the methods and/or steps implemented by the second AP can also be implemented by components available for the second AP (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software); implemented by STA
- the methods and/or steps may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) available for the STA.
- the above mainly introduces the solutions provided by this application.
- this application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement various methods in the above method embodiments.
- the communication device may be the first AP in the above method embodiment, or a device including the first AP, or a component that can be used for the first AP, such as a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device may be the second AP in the above method embodiment, or a device including the second AP, or a component that can be used for the second AP, such as a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device may be the STA in the above method embodiment, or a device including the STA, or a component that can be used for the STA, such as a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel The operator may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
- Embodiments of the present application can divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments.
- functional modules can be divided into corresponding functional modules, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
- the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1900 includes: a processing module 1901 and a transceiver module 1902.
- the processing module 1901 is used to perform the processing function of the first AP or STA in the above method embodiment.
- the transceiver module 1902 is configured to perform the transceiver function of the first AP or STA in the above method embodiment.
- the transceiver module 1902 may include a receiving module and a sending module (not shown in Figure 19). Among them, the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device 1900.
- the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19), which stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module 1901 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the functions of the first AP or the second AP or the STA in the communication method shown in any one of FIG. 7 or FIG. 17 .
- the processing module 1901 involved in the communication device 1900 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and can be a processor or a processing unit;
- the transceiver module 1902 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and can be a transceiver. transmitter or transceiver unit.
- the communication device 1900 provided in this embodiment can execute the above communication method, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 2000 includes: a receiving module 2001 and a sending module 2002.
- the receiving module 2001 is used to perform the receiving function of the second AP in the above method embodiment.
- the sending module 2002 is used to perform the sending function of the second AP in the above method embodiment.
- the receiving module 2001 and the sending module 2002 can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module (not shown in Figure 20).
- the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device 2000.
- the communication device 2000 may further include a processing module (not shown in Figure 20).
- the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device 2000.
- the communication device 2000 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 20), which stores programs or instructions.
- the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 2000 can perform the function of the second AP in the communication method shown in FIG. 7 or FIG. 17 .
- the processing module involved in the communication device 2000 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and can be a processor or a processing unit;
- the transceiver module can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and can be a transceiver or a transceiver. Transceiver unit.
- the communication device 1900 and the communication device 2000 provided in this embodiment can execute the above communication method, the technical effects that can be obtained can be referred to the above method embodiment, which will not be described again here.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device may be the first AP or the second AP or the STA, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be disposed on the first AP, the second AP or the STA.
- the communication device 2100 may include a processor 2101.
- the communication device 2100 may also include a memory 2102 and/or a transceiver 2103.
- the processor 2101 is coupled to the memory 2102 and the transceiver 2103, for example, through a communication bus.
- the processor 2101 is the control center of the communication device 2100, and may be a processor or a collective name for multiple processing elements.
- the processor 2101 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), may also be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be configured to implement one or more embodiments of the present application.
- An integrated circuit such as one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
- the processor 2101 can perform various functions of the communication device 2100 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 2102 and calling data stored in the memory 2102.
- the processor 2101 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 21 .
- the communication device 2100 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 2101 and the processor 2104 shown in FIG. 21 .
- processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
- a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
- the memory 2102 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 2101 for execution.
- the memory 2102 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 2101 for execution.
- the memory 2102 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or a random access memory (RAM) that can store information and instructions.
- ROM read-only memory
- RAM random access memory
- RAM random access memory
- RAM random access memory
- RAM random access memory
- Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical discs Storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other media capable of being accessed by a computer, without limitation.
- the memory 2102 may be integrated with the processor 2101, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 2101 through the interface circuit (not shown in Figure
- Transceiver 2103 used for communication with other communication devices.
- the communication device 2100 is a terminal device, and the transceiver 2103 can be used to communicate with a network device or with another terminal device.
- the communication device 2100 is a network device, and the transceiver 2103 can be used to communicate with a terminal device or with another network device.
- the transceiver 2103 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in Figure 21). Among them, the receiver is used to implement the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement the sending function.
- the transceiver 2103 can be integrated with the processor 2101, or can exist independently and be coupled to the processor 2101 through the interface circuit (not shown in Figure 21) of the communication device 2100. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. Specific limitations.
- the structure of the communication device 2100 shown in FIG. 21 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
- the actual communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or Different component arrangements.
- the technical effects of the communication device 2100 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
- An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
- the communication system includes the above-mentioned first AP, second AP and STA.
- Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored. When the computer program or instructions are executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.
- Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
- At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
- At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
- at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
- the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
- the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
- the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
- the systems, devices and methods described in the embodiments of this application can also be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
- multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
- the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
- the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
- a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- computer program instructions When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
- the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
- the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
- the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
- the computer may include the aforementioned device.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求于2022年09月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202211091171.0、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on September 7, 2022, with application number 202211091171.0 and application title "Communication Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)发展历经多代,从802.11a/b/g、802.11n、802.11ac、802.11ax发展到现在正在讨论中的802.11be等。其中,802.11n标准称为高吞吐率(high throughput,HT),802.11ac标准称为非常高吞吐率(very high throughput,VHT),802.11ax标准称为高效(high efficient,HE),802.11be标准称为超高吞吐率(extremely high throughput,EHT)。Wireless local area network (WLAN) has developed through many generations, from 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, 802.11ax to the 802.11be currently under discussion. Among them, the 802.11n standard is called high throughput (HT), the 802.11ac standard is called very high throughput (VHT), the 802.11ax standard is called high efficient (HE), and the 802.11be standard is called It is called extremely high throughput (EHT).
在室内低功耗(low power indoor,LPI)场景中,对设备发送的最大功率和最大频率谱密度进行了严格限制,设备的最大发送功率随着发送带宽的增加而增加。其中,当带宽最大为320MHz时,对于接入点(access point,AP),其最大功率为30分贝毫(decibel-milliwatts,dBm),最大功率谱密度为5dBm/兆赫兹(mega hertz,MHz);对于站点(station,STA),其最大功率为24dBm,最大功率谱密度为-1dBm/MHz。而在标准功率场景中,AP的最大功率为36dBm,STA的最大功率为30dBm。由此可知,即使在带宽为320MHz的情况下,LPI场景中设备的发送功率仍然比标准功率场景中设备的发送功率低6dBm。为此,如何提高LPI场景中设备的发送功率,成为亟待解决的问题。In indoor low power indoor (LPI) scenarios, the maximum power and maximum frequency spectrum density transmitted by the device are strictly limited, and the maximum transmit power of the device increases as the transmission bandwidth increases. Among them, when the maximum bandwidth is 320MHz, for the access point (AP), the maximum power is 30 decibel-milliwatts (dBm), and the maximum power spectral density is 5dBm/megahertz (MHz) ; For the station (station, STA), its maximum power is 24dBm, and its maximum power spectral density is -1dBm/MHz. In the standard power scenario, the maximum power of the AP is 36dBm and the maximum power of the STA is 30dBm. It can be seen that even when the bandwidth is 320MHz, the transmit power of the device in the LPI scenario is still 6dBm lower than the transmit power of the device in the standard power scenario. For this reason, how to improve the transmission power of devices in LPI scenarios has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,能够提高LPI场景中设备的发送功率。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device that can improve the transmission power of equipment in LPI scenarios.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above objectives, the embodiments of this application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一AP执行,也可以由第一AP的部件,例如第一AP的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第一AP功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第一AP执行为例进行说明。该通信方法包括:第一接入点AP生成第一触发帧,第一触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与下行传输。进而,第一AP发送第一触发帧。The first aspect provides a communication method. The method can be executed by the first AP, or by components of the first AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the first AP. It can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logical module or software implementation of part of the first AP function. The following description takes the method executed by the first AP as an example. The communication method includes: the first access point AP generates a first trigger frame, and the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multiple resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission. Furthermore, the first AP sends the first trigger frame.
基于该通信方法,第一AP可以通过第一触发帧触发多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,相比于单个AP传输,在相同频谱效率情况下,可以提升AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。Based on this communication method, the first AP can trigger multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission through the first trigger frame. Compared with single AP transmission, under the same spectrum efficiency, the AP's transmit power or Power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。如此,第一AP可以不参与下行传输,仅调度至少两个第二AP构成多AP离散RU传输或多AP离散MRU传输,从而可以在相同频谱效率情况下,可以提升AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. In this way, the first AP may not participate in downlink transmission, and only schedules at least two second APs to form multi-AP discrete RU transmission or multi-AP discrete MRU transmission, so that the transmit power of the AP or a single AP can be increased under the same spectrum efficiency. Power spectral density on subcarriers.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第一AP和N个第二AP,N为正整数。如此,第一AP也可以参与传输,与调度的至少一个第二AP构成多AP离散RU传输或多AP离散MRU传输,既可以降低调度AP的复杂度,也可以在相同频谱效率情况下,提升AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。In another possible design solution, the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer. In this way, the first AP can also participate in transmission, and form multi-AP discrete RU transmission or multi-AP discrete MRU transmission with at least one scheduled second AP, which can not only reduce the complexity of scheduling APs, but also improve the efficiency of scheduling APs under the same spectrum efficiency. The transmit power of the AP or the power spectral density on a single subcarrier is increased.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第一AP向一个或多个STA发送第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU。其中,第一PPDU可以包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。如此,在第一AP与第二AP一起参与下行传输的情况下,第一AP也使用离散RU或离散MRU与第二AP一起传输第一PPDU,从而可以提升AP的发送 功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP sends a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more STAs. Wherein, the first PPDU may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU. In this way, when the first AP and the second AP participate in downlink transmission together, the first AP also uses the discrete RU or the discrete MRU to transmit the first PPDU together with the second AP, thereby improving the AP's transmission power or increase the power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一指示信息可以为触发帧类型字段。In a possible design solution, the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示多个AP参与下行传输,第三指示信息用于指示多个AP下行传输使用离散RU或离散MRU。In another possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information. The second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission, and the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二指示信息为触发帧类型字段,第三指示信息承载在公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段或用户信息字段中。In a possible design, the second indication information is a trigger frame type field, and the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。由此,第一AP可以仅为第二AP分配离散RU或离散MRU资源信息,不为第二AP调度STA,进而由第二AP根据分配的离散RU或离散MRU资源信息自由地调度STA,从而可以减少第一AP的信令开销,也可以提高第二AP与STA通信的灵活性。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission. Therefore, the first AP can only allocate discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information to the second AP and not schedule STAs for the second AP, and then the second AP can freely schedule STAs according to the allocated discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information, thereby The signaling overhead of the first AP can be reduced, and the flexibility of communication between the second AP and the STA can be improved.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。如此,第一AP可以统一调度,预先将需要传输的STA,和各个STA的离散RU或离散MRU资源信息全部指示好,可以更合理的分配资源,使得第二AP可以直接根据第一触发帧中的相关信息进行数据传输,既可以减少第二AP通信的复杂度,也可以提高通信速率。在此情况下,还可以允许多个第二AP采用统一的信令字段进行数据传输。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. In this way, the first AP can schedule in a unified manner and indicate all the STAs that need to transmit and the discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information of each STA in advance, so that the resources can be allocated more reasonably, so that the second AP can directly perform the transmission according to the first trigger frame. Data transmission of relevant information can not only reduce the complexity of the second AP communication, but also increase the communication rate. In this case, multiple second APs may also be allowed to use unified signaling fields for data transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。由此,第二AP在获取到第一触发帧后,可以解析得到对应的标识信息确定对应分配的用户信息字段个数,进而可以获取下行传输的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently. Therefore, after acquiring the first trigger frame, the second AP can parse the corresponding identification information to determine the corresponding number of assigned user information fields, and then obtain relevant information for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。如此,同一第二AP对应的用户信息字段连续排放,可以更快速地获取到下行传输的相关信息,减少数据传输时延。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously. In this way, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are continuously discharged, and the relevant information of downlink transmission can be obtained more quickly and the data transmission delay can be reduced.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识,或第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。多个AP可以联合发送相同的非调制部分字段,不同AP发送的非调制部分互不干扰,以便于关联的所有STA都能够接收。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content. Multiple APs can jointly send the same non-modulated part field. The non-modulated parts sent by different APs do not interfere with each other, so that all associated STAs can receive it.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第一触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定 义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field Color is predetermined defined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以用于触发多个AP参与信道探测。如此,第一触发帧除了用于触发数据传输之外,也可以用于触发信道探测,在信道探测过程中多个AP也可以采用离散RU或离散MRU传输,进而可以提高信道探测过程中AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection. In this way, in addition to triggering data transmission, the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger channel detection. During the channel detection process, multiple APs can also use discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission, which can improve the AP's performance during the channel detection process. Transmit power or increase the power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示多个AP参与信道探测。In a possible design, the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第一触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。其中,该探测对话令牌字段可以用于指示本次信道探测为第几次。Optionally, the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field. Wherein, the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为空数据分组NDP,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。如此,由于在信道探测过程中可以不进行数据传输,由此,在多个AP包括第一AP和N个第二AP的情况下,第一PPDU可以为不包括数据字段的NDP,并与参与信道探测的第二AP一起使用离散RU或离散MRU传输,从而可以减少信令开销,以及提高AP的发送功率和信道探测速率。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs. In this way, since data transmission may not be performed during the channel sounding process, in the case where multiple APs include the first AP and N second APs, the first PPDU may be an NDP that does not include a data field and is related to the participating The second AP for channel detection uses discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission together, which can reduce signaling overhead and increase the AP's transmit power and channel detection rate.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第一AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。如此,第一AP参与信道传输,在发送NDP前需要向STA发送NDPA帧,用于通知STA进行信道探测,并且使用离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧,可以提高第一AP的发送功率。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection. In this way, the first AP participates in channel transmission and needs to send an NDPA frame to the STA before sending NDP to notify the STA to perform channel detection. Using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames can improve the transmission power of the first AP.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二AP执行,也可以由第二AP的部件,例如第二AP的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第二AP功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第二AP执行为例进行说明。该通信方法包括:第二接入点AP接收来自第一AP的第一触发帧。其中,第一触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与下行传输。第二AP向一个或多个站点STA发送第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU。其中,第一PPDU包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by the second AP, or by components of the second AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the second AP. It can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logic module or software implementation of part of the second AP function. The following description takes the method being executed by the second AP as an example. The communication method includes: the second access point AP receives a first trigger frame from the first AP. The first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission. The second AP sends the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more station STAs. The first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
基于该通信方法,一个或多个第二AP可以根据第一触发帧指示的离散RU或离散MRU参与第一AP发起的下行传输,在相同频谱效率情况下,可以提升AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。Based on this communication method, one or more second APs can participate in the downlink transmission initiated by the first AP according to the discrete RU or discrete MRU indicated by the first trigger frame. Under the same spectrum efficiency, the transmit power of the AP or a single Power spectral density on subcarriers.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第一AP和N个第二AP,N为正整数。In another possible design solution, the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第二AP接收来自一个或多个STA的第二PPDU,第二PPDU为STA使用离散RU或离散MRU传输的。Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the second AP receives a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted by the STA using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一指示信息可以为触发帧类型字段。In a possible design solution, the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示多个AP参与下行传输,第三指示信息用于指示多个AP下行传输使用离散RU或离散MRU。 In another possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information. The second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission, and the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二指示信息为触发帧类型字段,第三指示信息承载在公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段或用户信息字段中。In a possible design, the second indication information is a trigger frame type field, and the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。由此,第一AP可以仅为第二AP分配的离散RU或离散MRU资源信息,不为第二AP调度STA,进而由第二AP根据分配的离散RU或离散MRU资源信息自由地调度STA,从而可以减少第一AP的信令开销,也可以提高第二AP与STA通信的灵活性。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission. Therefore, the first AP can only use the discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information allocated by the second AP and not schedule the STA for the second AP, and then the second AP can freely schedule the STA according to the allocated discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information. This can reduce the signaling overhead of the first AP and improve the flexibility of communication between the second AP and the STA.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。如此,第一AP可以统一调度,预先将需要传输的STA,和各个STA的离散RU或离散MRU资源信息全部指示好,可以更合理的分配资源,使得第二AP可以直接根据第一触发帧中的相关信息进行数据传输,既可以减少第二AP通信的复杂度,也可以提高通信速率。在此情况下,还可以允许多个第二AP采用统一的信令字段进行数据传输。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. In this way, the first AP can schedule in a unified manner and indicate all the STAs that need to transmit and the discrete RU or discrete MRU resource information of each STA in advance, so that the resources can be allocated more reasonably, so that the second AP can directly perform the transmission according to the first trigger frame. Data transmission of relevant information can not only reduce the complexity of the second AP communication, but also increase the communication rate. In this case, multiple second APs may also be allowed to use unified signaling fields for data transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。由此,第二AP在获取到第一触发帧后,可以解析得到对应的标识信息确定对应分配的用户信息字段个数,进而可以获取下行传输的相关信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently. Therefore, after acquiring the first trigger frame, the second AP can parse the corresponding identification information to determine the corresponding number of assigned user information fields, and then obtain relevant information for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。如此,同一第二AP对应的用户信息字段连续排放,可以更快速地获取到下行传输的相关信息,减少数据传输时延。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously. In this way, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are continuously discharged, and the relevant information of downlink transmission can be obtained more quickly and the data transmission delay can be reduced.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识,或第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还用于触发多个AP参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame is also used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示多个AP参与信道探测。如此,第一触发帧除了用于触发数据传输之外,也可以用于触发信道探测,在信道探测过程中多个AP也可以采用离散RU或离散MRU传输,进而可以提高信道探测过程中AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。In a possible design, the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding. In this way, in addition to triggering data transmission, the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger channel detection. During the channel detection process, multiple APs can also use discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission, which can improve the AP's performance during the channel detection process. Transmit power or increase the power spectral density on a single subcarrier.
可选地,第一触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。Optionally, the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为空数据分组NDP,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。如此,由于在信道探测过程中可以不进行数据传输,由此,在多个AP包括第一AP和N个第二AP的情况下,第一PPDU可以为不包括数据字段的NDP,并与参与信道探测的第二AP一起使用离散RU或离散MRU传输,从而可以减少信令开销,以及提高AP的发送功率和信道探测速率。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs. In this way, since data transmission may not be performed during the channel sounding process, in the case where multiple APs include the first AP and N second APs, the first PPDU may be an NDP that does not include a data field and is related to the participating The second AP for channel detection uses discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission together, which can reduce signaling overhead and increase the AP's transmit power and channel detection rate.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。如此,第一AP参与信道传输,在发送NDP前需要向STA发送NDPA帧,用于通知STA进行信道探测,并且使用离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧,可以提高第一AP的发送功率。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the second AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send an empty data packet announcement NDPA frame to one or more STAs. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection. In this way, the first AP participates in channel transmission and needs to send an NDPA frame to the STA before sending NDP to notify the STA to perform channel detection. Using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames can improve the transmission power of the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送的NDPA帧内容相同。如此,多个AP可以发送相同的NDPA帧,可以减少多个AP的传输时延。 In one possible design solution, the contents of NDPA frames jointly sent by multiple APs are the same. In this way, multiple APs can send the same NDPA frame, which can reduce the transmission delay of multiple APs.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括多个AP的标识信息和与多个AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。如此,不同的AP可以使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU独立发送,可以提高AP的通信的灵活性。In another possible design solution, multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames. In this way, different APs can use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit independently, which can improve the communication flexibility of the AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为空数据分组NDP,第二PPDU包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design, the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, the second PPDU includes a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indication CQI, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。多个AP可以联合发送相同的非调制部分字段,不同AP发送的非调制部分互不干扰,以便于关联的所有STA都能够接收。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content. Multiple APs can jointly send the same non-modulated part field. The non-modulated parts sent by different APs do not interfere with each other, so that all associated STAs can receive it.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第一触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由STA执行,也可以由STA的部件,例如STA的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分STA功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由STA执行为例进行说明。该通信方法包括:站点STA接收来自第二接入点AP的第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU。其中,第一PPDU包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU传输。STA解析第一PPDU。In the third aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by the STA, or by components of the STA, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the STA. It can also be executed by logic that can realize all or part of the functions of the STA. Module or software implementation. The following description takes the method executed by STA as an example. The communication method includes: the station STA receives a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU from the second access point AP. Wherein, the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using a discrete resource unit RU or a discrete multiple resource unit MRU. The STA parses the first PPDU.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA使用离散RU或离散MRU向第二AP发送第二PPDU。Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the STA uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the second AP.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA使用离散RU或离散MRU向第一AP发送第二PPDU。Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the STA uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为NDP,第二PPDU可以包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU is an NDP, the second PPDU may include a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indication CQI, and the first PPDU is used for channel sounding by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA接收来自第二AP的空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA receiving an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second AP. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括第二AP的标识信息和与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, the second AP uses different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字 段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design solution, the non-modulation part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG word The segment may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, first field symbol number field, first field Coding and modulation strategy fields.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第一触发帧指示;或者U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field It is predefined; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
第四方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一AP执行,也可以由第一AP的部件,例如第一AP的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第一AP功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第一AP执行为例进行说明。该通信方法包括:第一接入点AP生成第二触发帧,第二触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与信道探测。第一AP发送第二触发帧。The fourth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by the first AP, or can be executed by components of the first AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the first AP, or can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logical module or software implementation of part of the first AP function. The following description takes the method executed by the first AP as an example. The communication method includes: the first access point AP generates a second trigger frame, and the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in channel detection. The first AP sends a second trigger frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第一AP和N个第二AP,N为正整数。In another possible design solution, the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第一AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第一AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组NDP。其中,NDP用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the first AP uses a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs. Among them, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第二触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。其中,该探测对话令牌字段可以用于指示本次信道探测为第几次。Optionally, the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field. Wherein, the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP corresponds to M user information fields in the user information list field, and M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本 服务集合标识,或第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP. The service set identifier, or the identification information of the second AP, is part of the information in the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP.
第五方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二AP执行,也可以由第二AP的部件,例如第二AP的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第二AP功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第二AP执行为例进行说明。该通信方法包括:第二接入点AP接收来自第一AP的第二触发帧。其中,第二触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与信道探测。第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组NDP。其中,NDP用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In the fifth aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by the second AP, or by components of the second AP, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the second AP. It can also be executed by a device that can realize all Or the logic module or software implementation of part of the second AP function. The following description takes the method being executed by the second AP as an example. The communication method includes: the second access point AP receives a second trigger frame from the first AP. The second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection using discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU. The second AP sends a null data packet announcement NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection. The second AP sends empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs. Among them, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第一AP和N个第二AP,N为正整数。In another possible design solution, the multiple APs may include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:第二AP接收来自一个或多个STA的第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the second AP receives a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二PPDU中可以包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI。In a possible design solution, the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第二触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。其中,该探测对话令牌字段可以用于指示本次信道探测为第几次。Optionally, the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field. Wherein, the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
可选地,用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, M user information fields in the user information list field, M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识,或第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括多个AP的标识信息和多个AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP可以包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。 In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第二触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的或为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field Color; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined or the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
第六方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由STA执行,也可以由STA的部件,例如STA的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分STA功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由STA执行为例进行说明。该通信方法包括:站点STA接收来自第二接入点AP的空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。STA接收来自第二AP的空数据分组NDP。其中,NDP用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。The sixth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by the STA, or by components of the STA, such as the STA's processor, chip, or chip system, or by logic that can realize all or part of the STA functions. Module or software implementation. The following description takes the method executed by STA as an example. The communication method includes: the station STA receives an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second access point AP. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection. The STA receives the empty data packet NDP from the second AP. Among them, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA向第二AP发送第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include: the STA sends a second PPDU to the second AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA接收来自第一AP的NDPA帧。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA receiving an NDPA frame from the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA接收来自第一AP的NDP。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA receiving an NDP from the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括:STA向第一AP发送第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: the STA sends a second PPDU to the first AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二PPDU中可以包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI。In a possible design solution, the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括第二AP的标识信息和与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP可以包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第二触发帧指示;或者U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。 In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
其中,第四方面至第六方面所述的通信方法的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第三方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The technical effects of the communication methods described in the fourth to sixth aspects may be referred to the technical effects of the methods described in the first to third aspects, and will not be described again here.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的第一AP,或者包含上述第一AP的装置,或者上述第一AP中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述第一方面所述方法的相应模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the first AP in the first aspect, or a device including the first AP, or a device included in the first AP, such as a chip. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means that implement the method described in the first aspect. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:处理模块和收发模块。其中,处理模块,用于生成第一触发帧,第一触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与下行传输。收发模块,用于发送第一触发帧。In some possible designs, the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module. Wherein, the processing module is used to generate a first trigger frame, and the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission. Transceiver module, used to send the first trigger frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第七方面所述的通信装置和N个第二AP,N为正整数。In another possible design solution, multiple APs may include the communication device described in the seventh aspect and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于向一个或多个STA发送第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU。其中,第一PPDU可以包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to send the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more STAs. Wherein, the first PPDU may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一指示信息可以为触发帧类型字段。In a possible design solution, the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示多个AP参与下行传输,第三指示信息用于指示多个AP下行传输使用离散RU或离散MRU。In another possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information. The second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission, and the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二指示信息为触发帧类型字段,第三指示信息承载在公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段或用户信息字段中。In a possible design, the second indication information is a trigger frame type field, and the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第二AP关联的站点STA的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the station STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识,或第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可 以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field. Among them, the non-modulation part field can To include a first field, the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第一触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第八方面所述的通信装置对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第八方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be the basic service set corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect. color.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以用于触发多个AP参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示多个AP参与信道探测。In a possible design, the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第一触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。其中,该探测对话令牌字段可以用于指示本次信道探测为第几次。Optionally, the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field. Wherein, the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为空数据分组NDP,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send empty data packet announcement NDPA frames to one or more STAs. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
可选地,收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,发送模块用于实现第七方面所述的通信装置的发送功能,接收模块用于实现第七方面所述的通信装置的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module. The sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the seventh aspect, and the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the seventh aspect.
可选地,第七方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得第七方面所述的通信装置可以执行第一方面所述的方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the seventh aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device described in the seventh aspect can perform the method described in the first aspect.
其中,第七方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the communication device described in the seventh aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the method described in the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第二AP,或者包含上述第二AP的装置,或者上述第二AP中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述第二方面所述方法的相应模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the second AP in the second aspect, or a device including the second AP, or a device included in the second AP, such as a chip. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) that implement the method described in the second aspect. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:发送模块和接收模块。其中,接收模块,用于接收来自第一AP的第一触发帧。其中,第一触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与下行传输。发送模块,用于向一个或多个站点STA发送第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU。其中,第一PPDU包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In some possible designs, the communication device includes: a sending module and a receiving module. The receiving module is configured to receive the first trigger frame from the first AP. The first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU to participate in downlink transmission. A sending module, configured to send the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU to one or more station STAs. The first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第八方面所述的通信装置,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N communication devices described in the eighth aspect, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第一AP和N个第八方面所述的通信装置,N为正整数。 In another possible design solution, multiple APs may include a first AP and N communication devices described in the eighth aspect, where N is a positive integer.
可选地,接收模块,还用于接收来自一个或多个STA的第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。Optionally, the receiving module is also configured to receive a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一指示信息可以为触发帧类型字段。In a possible design solution, the first indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示多个AP参与下行传输,第三指示信息用于指示多个AP下行传输使用离散RU或离散MRU。In another possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information. The second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission, and the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二指示信息为触发帧类型字段,第三指示信息承载在公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段或用户信息字段中。In a possible design, the second indication information is a trigger frame type field, and the third indication information is carried in a public information field, a special user information field, or a user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息。In a possible design, the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
一种可能的设计方案中,第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
可选地,第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect corresponds to M user information fields in the user information list field, and M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第八方面所述的通信装置用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the communication device described in the eighth aspect for downlink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第八方面所述的通信装置关联的STA的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect is carried in a public information field or a special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息与第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect. Wherein, the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect are arranged adjacently.
一种可能的设计方案中,第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect are arranged continuously.
可选地,第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息可以为第八方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合颜色或第八方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合标识,或第八方面所述的通信装置的标识信息为第八方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect or the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect, or the eighth The identification information of the communication device described in the aspect is part of the information in the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还用于触发多个AP参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame is also used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以包括第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示多个AP参与信道探测。In a possible design, the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第一触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。Optionally, the first trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为空数据分组NDP,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块,还用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the sending module is also used to send an empty data packet announcement NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括多个AP的标识信息和与多个AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为空数据分组NDP,第二PPDU包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI,第一PPDU用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design, the first PPDU is an empty data packet NDP, the second PPDU includes a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indication CQI, and the first PPDU is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字 段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design solution, the non-modulation part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG word The segment may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, first field symbol number field, first field Coding and modulation strategy fields.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第一触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第八方面所述的通信装置对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第八方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect may be the basic service set corresponding to the communication device described in the eighth aspect. color.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现第八方面所述的通信装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
可选地,第八方面所述的通信装置还可以包括处理模块。其中,处理模块用于实现第八方面所述的通信装置的处理功能。Optionally, the communication device according to the eighth aspect may further include a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
可选地,第八方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第二方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the eighth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the second aspect.
其中,第八方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the communication device described in the eighth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication method described in the second aspect, which will not be described again here.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的STA,或者包含上述STA的装置,或者上述STA中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述第三方面所述方法的相应模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the STA in the above third aspect, or a device including the above STA, or a device included in the above STA, such as a chip. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) that implement the method described in the third aspect. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:处理模块和收发模块。其中,收发模块,用于接收来自第二接入点AP的第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU。其中,第一PPDU包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU传输。处理模块,用于解析第一PPDU。In some possible designs, the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module is configured to receive the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU from the second access point AP. Wherein, the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using a discrete resource unit RU or a discrete multiple resource unit MRU. A processing module used to parse the first PPDU.
可选地,收发模块,还用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向第二AP发送第二PPDU。Optionally, the transceiver module is also configured to use a discrete RU or a discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU为NDP帧,第二PPDU可以包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI,第一PPDU用于一个或多个第九方面所述的通信装置进行信道探测。In a possible design, the first PPDU is an NDP frame, the second PPDU may include a compressed beamforming report CBFR or a channel status indicator CQI, and the first PPDU is used for one or more communication devices described in the ninth aspect to perform channel processing. detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于接收来自第二AP的空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个第九方面所述的通信装置进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is also configured to receive an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second AP. The NDPA frame is used to notify one or more communication devices described in the ninth aspect to perform channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括第二AP的标识信息和与第二AP关联的第九方面所述的通信装置的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the communication device described in the ninth aspect associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。 In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第一触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the first trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field The color is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个第二AP关联的第九方面所述的通信装置的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of the communication device described in the ninth aspect associated with multiple second APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的第九方面所述的通信装置的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the communication device described in the ninth aspect associated with the second AP.
其中,第九方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The technical effects of the communication device described in the ninth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the third aspect, and will not be described again here.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第四方面中的第一AP,或者包含上述第一AP的装置,或者上述第一AP中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述第四方面所述方法的相应模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the first AP in the fourth aspect, or a device including the first AP, or a device included in the first AP, such as a chip. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) that implement the method described in the fourth aspect. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:处理模块和收发模块。其中,处理模块,用于生成第二触发帧,第二触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与信道探测。收发模块,用于第一AP发送第二触发帧。In some possible designs, the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module. Wherein, the processing module is used to generate a second trigger frame, and the second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection using discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU. The transceiver module is used for the first AP to send the second trigger frame.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第十方面所述的通信装置和N个第二AP,N为正整数。In another possible design solution, multiple APs may include the communication device described in the tenth aspect and N second APs, where N is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组NDP。其中,NDP用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is also used to send empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs. Among them, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第二触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。其中,该探测对话令牌字段可以用于指示本次信道探测为第几次。Optionally, the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field. Wherein, the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of a second AP.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP corresponds to M user information fields in the user information list field, and M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。 In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识,或第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may be the color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP or the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP may be the basic service set identification corresponding to the second AP. part of the information.
可选地,收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,发送模块用于实现第十方面所述的通信装置的发送功能,接收模块用于实现第十方面所述的通信装置的接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module. The sending module is used to implement the sending function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect, and the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device described in the tenth aspect.
可选地,第十方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得第十方面所述的通信装置可以执行第四方面所述的方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the tenth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device described in the tenth aspect can perform the method described in the fourth aspect.
其中,第十方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第四方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the communication device described in the tenth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the method described in the fourth aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第五方面中的第二AP,或者包含上述第二AP的装置,或者上述第二AP中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述第五方面所述方法的相应模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the second AP in the fifth aspect, or a device including the second AP, or a device included in the second AP, such as a chip. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means that implement the method described in the fifth aspect. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块,用于接收来自第一AP的第二触发帧。其中,第二触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散资源单元RU或离散多资源单元MRU参与信道探测。发送模块,用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个STA进行信道探测。发送模块,还用于使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组NDP。其中,NDP用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。In some possible designs, the communication device includes: a receiving module and a sending module. The receiving module is configured to receive the second trigger frame from the first AP. The second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection using discrete resource units RU or discrete multi-resource units MRU. A sending module, configured to send an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame to one or more STAs using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU. Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify one or more STAs to perform channel detection. The sending module is also used to send empty data packets NDP to one or more STAs using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs. Among them, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more STAs.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括N个第十一方面所述的通信装置,N为大于1的正整数。In a possible design solution, multiple APs may include N communication devices described in the eleventh aspect, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以包括第一AP和N个第十一方面所述的通信装置,N为正整数。In another possible design solution, multiple APs may include a first AP and N communication devices described in the eleventh aspect, where N is a positive integer.
可选地,接收模块,还用于接收来自一个或多个STA的第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。Optionally, the receiving module is also configured to receive a second PPDU from one or more STAs, and the second PPDU is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二PPDU中可以包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI。In a possible design solution, the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may also include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding.
可选地,第二触发帧还可以包括探测对话令牌字段。其中,该探测对话令牌字段可以用于指示本次信道探测为第几次。Optionally, the second trigger frame may also include a probe conversation token field. Wherein, the detection dialogue token field can be used to indicate the number of times of channel detection this time.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧还可以包括第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息。In a possible design, the second trigger frame may also include identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
一种可能的设计方案中,第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中。其中,用户信息列表字段中一个用户信息字段包括一个第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be carried in the user information list field. Wherein, one user information field in the user information list field includes identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
可选地,用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。Optionally, M user information fields in the user information list field, M is a positive integer.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include RU allocation information.
一种可能的设计方案中,RU分配信息可以包括分配给第十一方面所述的通信装置用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect for downlink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段中还可以包括与第十一方面所述的通信装置关联的STA的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect is carried in a public information field or a special user information field.
一种可能的设计方案中,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息与第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。 In a possible design solution, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect. Wherein, the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect are arranged adjacently.
一种可能的设计方案中,第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect are arranged continuously.
可选地,第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息可以为第十一方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合颜色或第十一方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合标识,或第十一方面所述的通信装置的标识信息为第十一方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息。Optionally, the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect or the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect, Or the identification information of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect is part of the information in the basic service set identification corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括多个AP的标识信息和多个AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP可以包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第二触发帧指示;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的或为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or, the basic service set corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field Color; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined or the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple APs send non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第十一方面所述的通信装置对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第十一方面所述的通信装置对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may be the basic service set color corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect. Service collection color.
一种可能的设计方案中,第十一方面所述的通信装置对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第十一方面所述的通信装置关联的STA的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the communication device described in the eleventh aspect includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现第十一方面所述的通信装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
可选地,第十一方面所述的通信装置还可以包括处理模块。其中,处理模块用于实现第十一方面所述的通信装置的处理功能。Optionally, the communication device according to the eleventh aspect may further include a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect.
可选地,第十一方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第五方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the eleventh aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the fifth aspect.
其中,第十一方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第五方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the communication device described in the eleventh aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication method described in the fifth aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第六方面中的STA,或者包含上述STA的装置,或者上述STA中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述第六方面所述方法的相应模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the STA in the sixth aspect, or a device including the STA, or a device included in the STA, such as a chip. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means that implement the method described in the sixth aspect. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:接收模块。其中,接收模块,用于接收来自第二接入点AP的空数据分组声明NDPA帧。其中,NDPA帧用于通知一个或多个第十二方面所述的通信装置进行信道探测。接收模块,还用于接收来自第二AP的空数据分组NDP。其中,NDP用于一个或多个第十二方面所述的通信装置进行信道探测。 In some possible designs, the communication device includes: a receiving module. Wherein, the receiving module is configured to receive an empty data packet declaration NDPA frame from the second access point AP. The NDPA frame is used to notify one or more communication devices described in the twelfth aspect to perform channel detection. The receiving module is also configured to receive the empty data packet NDP from the second AP. Wherein, NDP is used for channel detection by one or more communication devices described in the twelfth aspect.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信装置还可以包括:发送模块。其中,发送模块,用于向第二AP发送第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。Optionally, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include: a sending module. The sending module is configured to send a second PPDU to the second AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自第一AP的NDPA帧。In a possible design solution, the receiving module is also configured to receive the NDPA frame from the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自第一AP的NDP。In a possible design solution, the receiving module is also used to receive the NDP from the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块,还用于向第一AP发送第二PPDU,第二PPDU使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the sending module is also configured to send a second PPDU to the first AP, and the second PPDU is transmitted using a discrete RU or a discrete MRU.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二PPDU中可以包括压缩波束成形报告CBFR或信道状态指示CQI。In a possible design solution, the second PPDU may include compressed beamforming report CBFR or channel status indication CQI.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send NDPA frames with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧可以包括第二AP的标识信息和与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the NDPA frame may include identification information of the second AP and identification information of the STA associated with the second AP.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU发送NDPA帧。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to send NDPA frames.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP可以包括调制部分字段,调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。In a possible design solution, the NDP may include a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
一种可能的设计方案中,NDP还可以包括非调制部分字段。其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In a possible design solution, the NDP may also include a non-modulation part field. The non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information for demodulating the modulation part field.
一种可能的设计方案中,非调制部分字段还可以包括通用信令U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。In a possible design, the non-modulated part field may also include a universal signaling U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic Service set color field, transmission opportunity field, PPDU type and compression mode field, number of symbols field in the first field, coding and modulation strategy field in the first field.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。In one possible design solution, multiple second APs jointly send non-modulated partial fields with the same content.
一种可能的设计方案中,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色由第二触发帧指示;或者U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为预定义的;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is indicated by the second trigger frame; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is predefined; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field is the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个第二AP关联的第十二方面所述的通信装置的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the common information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP may include RU allocation information of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect associated with multiple second APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。In another possible design solution, multiple second APs send the non-modulated partial fields on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色可以为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。In a possible design solution, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP may be the basic service set color corresponding to the second AP.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的第十二方面所述的通信装置的RU分配信息。In a possible design solution, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect associated with the second AP.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现第十二方面所述的通信装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect.
可选地,第十二方面所述的通信装置还可以包括处理模块。其中,处理模块用于实现第十二方面所述的通信装置的处理功能。Optionally, the communication device described in the twelfth aspect may further include a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect.
可选地,第十二方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第六方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the twelfth aspect may further include a storage module that stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can perform the communication method described in the sixth aspect.
其中,第十二方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第六方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the communication method described in the sixth aspect, which will not be described again here.
第十三方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得该通信装置执行第一方面至第六方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the processor is used to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes any one of the possible implementation methods of the first to sixth aspects. Methods.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第十三方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第十三方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver can be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请实施例中,第十三方面所述的通信装置可以为第一方面或第四方面中的第一AP、或 第二方面或第五方面中的第二AP、或第三方面或第六方面中的STA,或者可设置于第一AP或第二AP或STA中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,或者包含该第一AP或第二AP或STA的装置。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may be the first AP in the first aspect or the fourth aspect, or The second AP in the second or fifth aspect, or the STA in the third or sixth aspect, or a chip (system) or other component or component that can be disposed in the first AP or the second AP or the STA, Or a device including the first AP or second AP or STA.
其中,第十三方面的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第六方面中任意一种实现方式所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effect of the thirteenth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effect of the method described in any one of the implementation modes of the first to sixth aspects, and will not be described again here.
第十四方面,提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括:第一AP、第二AP和STA。其中,第一AP用于执行上述第一方面所述的通信方法,第二AP用于执行上述第二方面所述的通信方法,STA用于执行上述第三方面所述的通信方法;或者,第一AP用于执行上述第四方面所述的通信方法,第二AP用于执行上述第五方面所述的通信方法,STA用于执行上述第六方面所述的通信方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a communication system. The communication system includes: a first AP, a second AP and an STA. Wherein, the first AP is used to perform the communication method described in the first aspect, the second AP is used to perform the communication method described in the second aspect, and the STA is used to perform the communication method described in the third aspect; or, The first AP is used to perform the communication method described in the fourth aspect, the second AP is used to perform the communication method described in the fifth aspect, and the STA is used to perform the communication method described in the sixth aspect.
第十五方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质。该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行第一方面至第六方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method described in any one of the possible implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
第十六方面,提供一种计算机程序产品。该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行第一方面至第六方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer performs the method described in any one of the possible implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种离散RU的分布示意图;Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of the distribution of discrete RUs provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1B为本申请实施例提供的另一种离散RU的分布示意图;Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of the distribution of another discrete RU provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种AP触发多个STA通信的场景示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which an AP triggers communication with multiple STAs provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种802.11be触发帧的结构示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an 802.11be trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种EHT TB PPDU的结构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an EHT TB PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种复制传输的EHT MU PPDU的结构示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a copy-transmitted EHT MU PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供一种通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 6 is an architectural schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种第一触发帧中的用户信息字段的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user information field in a first trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种多AP传输的场景示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一触发帧中的用户信息字段的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another user information field in the first trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段的部分结构示意图;Figure 11 is a partial structural diagram of a public information field or a special user information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种第二AP的标识信息的指示方式;Figure 12 is a method for indicating the identification information of the second AP provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种第一PPDU的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的第一PPDU中非调制部分字段的传输方式的结构示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the transmission method of the non-modulation part field in the first PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种NDP的结构示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an NDP provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种NDPA帧的结构示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an NDPA frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种多AP信道探测的场景示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP channel detection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
为便于理解,下面先对本申请实施例所涉及的相关技术进行说明。For ease of understanding, the relevant technologies involved in the embodiments of the present application are first described below.
WLAN支持采用802.11a/b/g、802.11n、802.11ac、802.11ax以及802.11be等协议进行通信。其中,802.11n标准称为HT,802.11ac标准称为VHT,802.11ax标准称为HE,802.11be标准称为EHT。WLAN supports communication using protocols such as 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, 802.11ax, and 802.11be. Among them, the 802.11n standard is called HT, the 802.11ac standard is called VHT, the 802.11ax standard is called HE, and the 802.11be standard is called EHT.
在带宽配置方面,802.11ax目前支持如下带宽配置:20MHz、40MHz、80MHz、160MHz以及80+80MHz。其中,160MHz与80+80MHz的区别在于,前者为连续频带,而后者的两个80MHz 间可以分离。在802.11be中仅支持20MHz、40MHz、80MHz、160MHz、和320MHz的连续频带的带宽。In terms of bandwidth configuration, 802.11ax currently supports the following bandwidth configuration: 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz and 80+80MHz. Among them, the difference between 160MHz and 80+80MHz is that the former is a continuous frequency band, while the latter has two 80MHz can be separated. In 802.11be, only the continuous frequency band bandwidths of 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz, and 320MHz are supported.
(一)LPI(1)LPI
在美国联邦通信委员会颁布的关于6(giga hertz,GHz)频谱的法规中定义了LPI的通信方式。LPI通信对设备发送的最大功率和最大频率谱密度进行了严格限制,例如,AP的最大功率为30dBm,最大功率谱密度为5dBm/MHz,STA的最大功率为24dBm,最大功率谱密度为-1dBm/MHz。因此,设备的发送功率不能超过最大功率,且设备发送的功率谱密度也不能超过最大功率谱密度。其中,最大功率谱密度是指1MHz的最大发送功率,最大功率谱密度的最小粒度为1MHz。The LPI communication method is defined in the regulations on the 6 (giga hertz, GHz) spectrum promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission of the United States. LPI communication places strict limits on the maximum power and maximum frequency spectral density transmitted by the device. For example, the maximum power of the AP is 30dBm and the maximum power spectral density is 5dBm/MHz. The maximum power of the STA is 24dBm and the maximum power spectral density is -1dBm. /MHz. Therefore, the transmit power of the device cannot exceed the maximum power, and the power spectral density transmitted by the device cannot exceed the maximum power spectral density. Among them, the maximum power spectral density refers to the maximum transmission power of 1MHz, and the minimum granularity of the maximum power spectral density is 1MHz.
下述表1示出了LPI场景下设备最大功率与发送带宽之间的关系,设备的最大功率随着发送带宽的增加而增加,但不能超过法规规定的最大功率。Table 1 below shows the relationship between the maximum power of the device and the transmission bandwidth in the LPI scenario. The maximum power of the device increases with the increase of the transmission bandwidth, but cannot exceed the maximum power specified by regulations.
表1
Table 1
由表1可知,当发送带宽最大为320MHz时,AP和STA才能达到法规规定的最大功率限制,在发送带宽小于320MHz的情况下,由于受最大功率谱密度的限制,AP和STA发送的最大功率更低。另外,由于每MHz所发送的功率受限,导致每个子载波上的功率也很低,使得接收端收到信号的信噪比很低。It can be seen from Table 1 that when the maximum transmission bandwidth is 320MHz, the AP and STA can reach the maximum power limit specified by the regulations. When the transmission bandwidth is less than 320MHz, due to the limitation of the maximum power spectral density, the maximum power transmitted by the AP and STA lower. In addition, since the power transmitted per MHz is limited, the power on each subcarrier is also very low, making the signal-to-noise ratio of the signal received by the receiving end very low.
在标准功率场景中,AP的最大功率为36dBm,STA的最大功率为30dBm,而在LPI场景下,即使带宽为320MHz,设备的发送功率仍比标准功率场景下的设备的发送功率低6dB。为此,如何提升LPI场景下设备的发送功率,成为亟待解决的问题。In the standard power scenario, the maximum power of the AP is 36dBm and the maximum power of the STA is 30dBm. In the LPI scenario, even if the bandwidth is 320MHz, the transmit power of the device is still 6dB lower than the transmit power of the device in the standard power scenario. For this reason, how to improve the transmission power of devices in LPI scenarios has become an urgent problem to be solved.
(二)离散资源单元(resource unit,RU)(2) Discrete resource unit (RU)
802.11ax标准规定对于20MHz、40MHz、80MHz、160MHz的带宽,可将带宽划分成多类RU,RU的大小可以是26-tone RU、52-tone RU、106-tone RU,242-tone RU、484-tone RU、996-tone RU等。其中,tone表示子载波,例如,26-tone RU表示包括连续的26个子载波的RU,或者包括一组连续的13个子载波和另一组连续的13个子载波的RU。The 802.11ax standard stipulates that for bandwidths of 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, and 160MHz, the bandwidth can be divided into multiple types of RUs. The size of the RU can be 26-tone RU, 52-tone RU, 106-tone RU, 242-tone RU, 484 -tone RU, 996-tone RU, etc. Among them, tone represents a subcarrier. For example, a 26-tone RU represents an RU that includes 26 consecutive subcarriers, or an RU that includes a group of 13 consecutive subcarriers and another group of 13 consecutive subcarriers.
为解决LPI场景下设备发射功率不足的问题,目前提出了将连续RU中的部分或全部替换为离散RU的方法,如将连续RU拆分成多个子RU(sub-RU)后分配到不同带宽上,使得若干个子RU的频率范围之和大于原有的连续RU的频率范围,通过增加带宽来提高发送功率。In order to solve the problem of insufficient transmit power of equipment in LPI scenarios, methods have been proposed to replace part or all of the continuous RUs with discrete RUs, such as splitting the continuous RU into multiple sub-RUs (sub-RUs) and allocating them to different bandwidths. on, so that the sum of the frequency ranges of several sub-RUs is greater than the frequency range of the original continuous RUs, and the transmit power is increased by increasing the bandwidth.
示例性地,图1A示出了一种离散RU的分布示意图。如图1A所示,信道带宽为80MHz,包括4个20MHz的子信道。将26-tone RU根据子载波索引值划分成奇数和偶数两个子RU,如26子RU1和26子RU2,每个子RU上包括13个子载波,每个子RU的两两相邻的子载波之间间隔1个子载波,且两个子RU位于不同的20MHz子信道上,如26子RU1位于第一个20MHz子信道上,26子RU2位于第二个20MHz子信道上,可以实现多个子信道离散RU分布。Exemplarily, FIG. 1A shows a schematic distribution diagram of discrete RUs. As shown in Figure 1A, the channel bandwidth is 80MHz and includes four 20MHz sub-channels. Divide the 26-tone RU into two odd-numbered and even-numbered sub-RUs according to the subcarrier index value, such as 26 sub-RU1 and 26 sub-RU2. Each sub-RU includes 13 sub-carriers, and there is a gap between two adjacent sub-carriers of each sub-RU. The space is 1 subcarrier, and the two sub-RUs are located on different 20MHz sub-channels. For example, 26 sub-RU1 is located on the first 20 MHz sub-channel, and 26 sub-RU2 is located on the second 20 MHz sub-channel. Multiple sub-channel discrete RU distribution can be achieved. .
通过如图1A所示的资源分配方式,可以将原本频率跨度为2MHz的26-tone RU分散到4MHz的频率范围内,这样在功率谱密度已经达到最大值的情况下,通过提高等效带宽的方式,可以增大总发射功率,也间接增加每个子载波的功率,提高接收端的等效信噪比。例如,26-tone RU在连续情况下大约占据2MHz带宽,AP支持的最大功率为8dB,STA支持的最大功率为2dB。而离散后的26-tone RU大约占据4MHz带宽,AP支持的最大功率为11dB,STA支持的最大功率为5dB,相比于连续的26-tone RU,AP和STA的最大功率增加3dB。Through the resource allocation method shown in Figure 1A, the 26-tone RU with the original frequency span of 2MHz can be dispersed into the 4MHz frequency range. In this way, when the power spectral density has reached the maximum value, by increasing the equivalent bandwidth This method can increase the total transmit power, indirectly increase the power of each subcarrier, and improve the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end. For example, a 26-tone RU occupies approximately 2MHz bandwidth under continuous conditions, the maximum power supported by the AP is 8dB, and the maximum power supported by the STA is 2dB. The discrete 26-tone RU occupies approximately 4MHz bandwidth, the maximum power supported by the AP is 11dB, and the maximum power supported by the STA is 5dB. Compared with the continuous 26-tone RU, the maximum power of the AP and STA increases by 3dB.
又示例性地,图1B示出了另一种离散RU的分布示意图。如图1B所示,将26-tone RU分成四个子RU,如26子RU1、26子RU2、26子RU3和26子RU4,每个子RU上包括6个子载波,每个子RU的两两相邻的子载波之间间隔3个子载波,且四个子RU位于不同的20MHz子信道 上,如26子RU1位于第一个20MHz子信道上,26子RU2位于第二个20MHz子信道上,26子RU3位于第三个20MHz子信道上,26子RU4位于第四个20MHz子信道上。As another example, FIG. 1B shows another distribution diagram of discrete RUs. As shown in Figure 1B, the 26-tone RU is divided into four sub-RUs, such as 26 sub-RU1, 26 sub-RU2, 26 sub-RU3 and 26 sub-RU4. Each sub-RU includes 6 sub-carriers, and each sub-RU is adjacent in pairs. The sub-carriers are separated by 3 sub-carriers, and the four sub-RUs are located in different 20MHz sub-channels On, for example, 26 sub-RU1 is located on the first 20MHz sub-channel, 26 sub-RU2 is located on the second 20 MHz sub-channel, 26 sub-RU3 is located on the third 20 MHz sub-channel, and 26 sub-RU4 is located on the fourth 20 MHz sub-channel. .
通过如图1B所示的资源分配方式,离散后的26-tone RU大约占据8MHz带宽,AP支持的最大功率为14dB,STA支持的最大功率为8dB,相比于连续的26-tone RU,AP和STA的最大功率增加6dB。Through the resource allocation method shown in Figure 1B, the discrete 26-tone RU occupies approximately 8MHz bandwidth, the maximum power supported by the AP is 14dB, and the maximum power supported by the STA is 8dB. Compared with the continuous 26-tone RU, the AP and STA maximum power increased by 6dB.
值得说明的是,如图1A和图1B所示,带宽上除了用于传输数据的离散RU,还包括保护(Guard)子载波、空子载波、或者直流(direct current,DC)子载波等。It is worth noting that, as shown in Figure 1A and Figure 1B, in addition to discrete RUs used to transmit data, the bandwidth also includes guard subcarriers, null subcarriers, or direct current (DC) subcarriers.
图1A和图1B所示的资源分配方式,通过提高等效带宽的方式,可以增大总发射功率。除了上述图1A和图1B采用配对互相离散的方式,也可以通过其他映射方法进行离散处理,如将所有连续子载波作为一个整体,统一通过预定的交织器去进行映射,映射到不同的子载波位置。The resource allocation methods shown in Figure 1A and Figure 1B can increase the total transmit power by increasing the equivalent bandwidth. In addition to the pairing and mutual discretization method used in Figure 1A and Figure 1B above, other mapping methods can also be used for discrete processing, such as taking all continuous subcarriers as a whole and mapping them to different subcarriers through a predetermined interleaver. Location.
在AP到STA的下行传输过程中,如图2所示,AP1向STA1~STA3发送触发帧,该触发帧用于触发STA1~STA3发送极高吞吐率基于触发的物理层协议数据单元(extreme high throughput trigger based physical layer protocol data unit,EHT TB PPDU),在STA1~STA3发送EHT TB PPDU后,AP1再发送确认帧对不同STA发送的EHT TB PPDU进行确认。During the downlink transmission process from AP to STA, as shown in Figure 2, AP1 sends a trigger frame to STA1~STA3. This trigger frame is used to trigger STA1~STA3 to send extremely high throughput trigger-based physical layer protocol data units (extreme high throughput trigger based physical layer protocol data unit, EHT TB PPDU), after STA1~STA3 sends EHT TB PPDU, AP1 then sends a confirmation frame to confirm the EHT TB PPDU sent by different STAs.
示例性地,图3为本申请实施例提供的一种802.11be触发帧的结构示意图。如图3所示,该触发帧包括公共信息(common info)字段和用户信息列表(user info list)字段。可以理解的是,触发帧可只包括图3所示的部分字段,或包括的字段可多于图3所示的字段,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an 802.11be trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the trigger frame includes a common information (common info) field and a user information list (user info list) field. It can be understood that the trigger frame may only include some of the fields shown in FIG. 3 , or may include more fields than those shown in FIG. 3 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
其中,公共信息字段也可以称为公共域或公共信息域,该公共信息字段包括触发帧类型(Trigger Type)字段、上行长度(UL Length)字段、更多触发帧(More TF)字段、需要载波侦听(CS Required)字段、上行带宽(UL Bandwidth)字段、保护间隔+长训练序列类型(GI And LTF Type)字段、多用户多输入多输出长训练序列模式(MU-MIMO LTF Mode)字段、LTF个数与中间前导码周期(Number of LTF Symbols And Midamble Periodicity)字段、上行空时块编码(UL STBC)字段、LDPC额外符号分片(LDPC Extra Symbol Segment)字段、AP发射功率(AP TX Power)字段、前向纠错码前的填充因子(Pre-FEC Padding Factor)字段、包扩展消歧(PE Disambigulty)字段、上行空间复用(UL Spatial Reuse)字段、多普勒(Doppler)、上行HE-SIG-A2预留(UL HE-SIG-A2Reserved)字段、预留(Reserved)字段和基于触发帧类型的公共信息(Trigger Dependent Common Info)字段等需要STA读取的公共信息。Among them, the public information field can also be called the public domain or public information field. The public information field includes the trigger frame type (Trigger Type) field, the uplink length (UL Length) field, the more trigger frame (More TF) field, and the required carrier Listening (CS Required) field, uplink bandwidth (UL Bandwidth) field, guard interval + long training sequence type (GI And LTF Type) field, multi-user multiple input multiple output long training sequence mode (MU-MIMO LTF Mode) field, Number of LTF Symbols And Midamble Periodicity field, uplink space-time block coding (UL STBC) field, LDPC Extra Symbol Segment field, AP transmit power (AP TX Power ) field, Pre-FEC Padding Factor field, Packet Extension Disambiguation (PE Disambigulty) field, Uplink Spatial Reuse (UL Spatial Reuse) field, Doppler, Uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved (UL HE-SIG-A2Reserved) field, reserved field and public information (Trigger Dependent Common Info) field based on trigger frame type and other public information that need to be read by STA.
其中,用户信息列表字段也可以称为用户信息列表域,该用户信息列表字段包括特殊用户信息字段和一个或多个用户信息(User Info)字段。The user information list field may also be called a user information list field. The user information list field includes a special user information field and one or more user information (User Info) fields.
如图3所示,该特殊用户信息字段包括关联标识(association identifier,AID)字段、物理层版本标识(PHY Version ID)字段、上行EHT带宽扩展(UL EHT BW Extension)字段、上行EHT空间复用1(UL EHT Spatial Reuse 1)字段、上行EHT空间复用2(UL EHT Spatial Reuse 2)字段、通用信令字段不理会和证实指示(U-SIG Disregard And Validate)字段、预留字段和基于触发帧类型的站点信息(Trigger Dependent User Info)字段,各字段的具体功能可以参见现有相关描述,此处不再赘述。As shown in Figure 3, the special user information field includes an association identifier (AID) field, a physical layer version identifier (PHY Version ID) field, an uplink EHT bandwidth extension (UL EHT BW Extension) field, and an uplink EHT spatial multiplexing field. 1 (UL EHT Spatial Reuse 1) field, uplink EHT spatial multiplexing 2 (UL EHT Spatial Reuse 2) field, universal signaling field ignore and confirm indication (U-SIG Disregard And Validate) field, reserved field and trigger-based The site information (Trigger Dependent User Info) field of the frame type. For the specific functions of each field, please refer to the existing relevant descriptions and will not be repeated here.
用户信息字段包括关联标识(AID12)字段、资源单元分配(RU Allocation)字段、上行前向纠错编码类型(UL FEC Coding Type)字段、调制与编码策略(UL EHT-MCS)字段、预留字段、空间流开始值字段、空间流数字段、上行目标接收信号强度指示(UL Target RSSI)字段、PS160主次160MHz指示(PS160)字段和基于触发(帧类型)的用户信息(Trigger Dependent User Info)字段,各字段的具体功能可以参见现有相关描述,此处不再赘述。User information fields include association identification (AID12) field, resource unit allocation (RU Allocation) field, uplink forward error correction coding type (UL FEC Coding Type) field, modulation and coding strategy (UL EHT-MCS) field, and reserved fields. , spatial stream start value field, spatial stream number field, uplink target received signal strength indication (UL Target RSSI) field, PS160 primary and secondary 160MHz indication (PS160) field and user information (Trigger Dependent User Info) based on trigger (frame type) Fields. For the specific functions of each field, please refer to the existing descriptions and will not be repeated here.
其中,触发帧中包括目标STA(STA1~STA3)的标识信息和目标SAT对应的资源单元分配信息等,且触发帧中可以携带用于指示多个STA采用离散RU传输的指示信息。其中,该目标STA的标识信息可以通过用户信息字段中的关联标识字段指示,目标SAT对应的资源单元分配信息可以通过资源单元分配字段指示,目标SAT对应的资源单元分配信息可以包括AP1分配的离散RU,多个STA采用离散RU传输可以提升STA发送EHT TB PPDU的发送功率。 The trigger frame includes identification information of the target STA (STA1-STA3) and resource unit allocation information corresponding to the target SAT, and the trigger frame may carry indication information for instructing multiple STAs to use discrete RU transmission. Among them, the identification information of the target STA can be indicated by the association identification field in the user information field, the resource unit allocation information corresponding to the target SAT can be indicated by the resource unit allocation field, and the resource unit allocation information corresponding to the target SAT can include discrete allocation information allocated by AP1. RU, multiple STAs using discrete RU transmission can improve the transmission power of STA sending EHT TB PPDU.
又示例性地,图4为本申请实施例提供的一种EHT TB PPDU的结构示意图。如图4所示,该EHT TB PPDU包括传统短训练序列(legacy short training field,L-STF)字段、传统长训练序列(legacy long training field,L-LTF)字段、传统信令字段(legacy signal field A,L-SIG)字段、传统信令字段复制(repeated L-SIG,RL-SIG)字段、通用信令字段(universal SIG,U-SIG)字段、极高吞吐率短训练序列(extremely high throughput short training field,EHT-STF)字段、极高吞吐率长训练序列(extremely high throughput long training field,EHT-LTF)字段、数据(Data)字段和数据分组扩展(packet extension,PE)字段。EHT TB PPDU中各个字段的作用如下述表2所示。可以理解的是,在标准制定或实际实现中,EHT TB PPDU还可以包括其他字段,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。As another example, Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an EHT TB PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the EHT TB PPDU includes a legacy short training sequence (legacy short training field, L-STF) field, a legacy long training sequence (legacy long training field, L-LTF) field, and a legacy signaling field (legacy signal field A, L-SIG) field, traditional signaling field replicated (repeated L-SIG, RL-SIG) field, universal signaling field (universal SIG, U-SIG) field, extremely high throughput short training sequence (extremely high throughput short training field, EHT-STF) field, extremely high throughput long training field (EHT-LTF) field, data field and data packet extension (packet extension, PE) field. The functions of each field in the EHT TB PPDU are shown in Table 2 below. It can be understood that in standard formulation or actual implementation, the EHT TB PPDU may also include other fields, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
表2
Table 2
在图2所示的上行传输过程中,多个STA采用离散RU传输,使得在1MHz带宽中发送的子载波数量变少,增加了等效带宽,在1MHz带宽上的总功率不变的情况下,单个子载波的功率增加,从而增加了STA在单个子载波上的发送功率和信噪比。In the uplink transmission process shown in Figure 2, multiple STAs use discrete RU transmission, which reduces the number of subcarriers sent in the 1MHz bandwidth and increases the equivalent bandwidth. When the total power on the 1MHz bandwidth remains unchanged , the power of a single subcarrier increases, thereby increasing the STA's transmit power and signal-to-noise ratio on a single subcarrier.
然而,在一个基本服务集合(basic service set,BSS)中只存在一个AP,该AP到STA的下行传输中,若AP采用离散RU传输,会存在很多空的子载波,从而会造成频谱资源的浪费。反之,若AP传输的数据占据所有的数据子载波,在功率谱密度的限制下,1MHz带宽上的功率受限,使得每个子载波上的功率很小,会造成接收端的等效信噪比很低,降低接收端的解码性能,从而降低吞吐率。由此可知,离散RU传输不适用于AP到STA的下行传输中。However, there is only one AP in a basic service set (BSS). In the downlink transmission from the AP to the STA, if the AP uses discrete RU transmission, there will be many empty subcarriers, which will cause a loss of spectrum resources. waste. On the contrary, if the data transmitted by the AP occupies all data subcarriers, under the limitation of power spectral density, the power in the 1MHz bandwidth is limited, making the power on each subcarrier very small, which will cause the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end to be very low. Low, reducing the decoding performance of the receiving end, thereby reducing the throughput rate. It can be seen that discrete RU transmission is not suitable for downlink transmission from AP to STA.
进一步地,若AP传输的数据占据所有的数据子载波,会得每个子载波上的功率很小,会造成接收端的等效信噪比很低,则AP可以采用复制传输的方法进行下行传输,也就是将同样的数据在超过1个子载波上进行发送。对于复制传输的数据,接收端可以将多个子载波上接收到的数据进行合并接收,从而增加接收端的等效信噪比,进而提高接收端的解码性能。Furthermore, if the data transmitted by the AP occupies all data subcarriers, the power on each subcarrier will be very small, resulting in a very low equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end. The AP can use the copy transmission method for downlink transmission. That is, the same data is sent on more than one subcarrier. For copied and transmitted data, the receiving end can combine and receive the data received on multiple subcarriers, thereby increasing the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio of the receiving end and thereby improving the decoding performance of the receiving end.
示例性地,图5为本申请实施例提供的一种复制传输的EHT MU PPDU的结构示意图。如图5所示,AP采用正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple access,OFDMA)向3个用户(如STA1~STA3)发送数据。其中,AP采用复制传输的方式向用户1和用户2发送的数据,如1个比特信息在4个子载波上传输,该AP采用的PPDU格式为极高吞吐率多用户物理层协议数据单元(extreme high throughput multiple user physical layer protocol data unit,EHT MU PPDU),该EHT MU PPDU可以支持单用户(下行或者上行)与多用户(下行)的数据传输。相比于EHT TB PPDU,EHT MU PPDU进一步包含了EHT-SIG字段,该EHT-SIG字段包含了接收端解调后续数据所需要的信息,如目标STA的标识信息、目标STA相应的资源单元分配信息等。Exemplarily, FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a copy-transmitted EHT MU PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the AP uses orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) to send data to three users (such as STA1~STA3). Among them, the AP uses copy transmission to send data to user 1 and user 2. For example, 1 bit of information is transmitted on 4 subcarriers. The PPDU format used by the AP is extremely high throughput multi-user physical layer protocol data unit (extreme high throughput multiple user physical layer protocol data unit, EHT MU PPDU), the EHT MU PPDU can support single-user (downlink or uplink) and multi-user (downlink) data transmission. Compared with EHT TB PPDU, EHT MU PPDU further contains the EHT-SIG field, which contains the information required by the receiving end to demodulate subsequent data, such as the identification information of the target STA and the corresponding resource unit allocation of the target STA. Information etc.
然而,采用复制传输的方法虽然可以增加接收端的等效信噪比,但其需要在不同的子载波上发送相同的数据,会造成频谱效率低的问题,如数据复制a次,其频谱效率为采用全部数据子载波的非复制传输的频谱效率的1/a,a为大于1的正整数。However, although the copy transmission method can increase the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio at the receiving end, it requires sending the same data on different subcarriers, which will cause low spectrum efficiency. For example, if the data is copied a times, the spectrum efficiency is 1/a of the spectral efficiency of non-replicated transmission using all data subcarriers, where a is a positive integer greater than 1.
因此,针对LPI场景中的下行传输,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,采用多AP传输的机制,可以在相同频谱效率且子载波数相同的情况下,提升AP的发送功率,或者是在相同频谱效率且相同发送功率的情况下,提升每个子载波的等效信噪比。 Therefore, for downlink transmission in the LPI scenario, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method that uses a multi-AP transmission mechanism to increase the transmit power of the AP under the same spectrum efficiency and the same number of subcarriers, or Under the condition of the same spectrum efficiency and the same transmit power, the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio of each subcarrier is improved.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例可以适用于WLAN的场景,可以适用于电气及电子工程师学会(institute of electrical and electronics engineers,IEEE)802.11系统标准,例如802.11a/b/g标准、802.11n标准、802.11ac标准、802.11ax标准,或其下一代,例如802.11be标准或更下一代的标准中。或者,本申请实施例也可以适用于物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或车联网(Vehicle to X,V2X)网络等无线局域网系统中。当然,本申请实施例还可以适用于其他可能的通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统,如新空口(new radio,NR)系统,以及未来的第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统及更下一代的通信系统中等。The embodiments of this application can be applied to WLAN scenarios and can be applied to Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a/b/g standards, 802.11n standards, 802.11ac standards, The 802.11ax standard, or its next generation, such as the 802.11be standard or its next generation standard. Alternatively, the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to wireless local area network systems such as Internet of Things (IoT) networks or Vehicle to X (V2X) networks. Of course, the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other possible communication systems, such as long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) system duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, such as new Air interface (new radio, NR) systems, as well as future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication systems and next-generation communication systems, etc.
本申请将围绕可包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。This application will present various aspects, embodiments, or features in terms of systems, which may include multiple devices, components, modules, etc. It should be understood and appreciated that various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc., and/or may not include all devices, components, modules, etc. discussed in connection with the figures. Additionally, a combination of these scenarios can be used.
另外,在本申请实施例中,“示例地”、“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, words such as "exemplarily" and "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described herein as "example" is not intended to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present a concept in a concrete way.
本申请实施例中,“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。In the embodiments of this application, "of", "corresponding, relevant" and "corresponding" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the difference is not emphasized, the intended expression The meaning is consistent.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are for the purpose of explaining the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
首先,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,本申请所述的通信方法可适用于该通信系统。该通信系统可以包括:至少两个AP,以及一个或多个STA。其中,AP可以用于实现STA的资源调度、无线资源管理和无线接入控制等,并在调度的无线资源上为该STA传输数据。First, embodiments of this application provide a communication system, and the communication method described in this application can be applied to this communication system. The communication system may include: at least two APs, and one or more STAs. Among them, the AP can be used to implement resource scheduling, wireless resource management, wireless access control, etc. of the STA, and transmit data for the STA on the scheduled wireless resources.
作为一种示例,参见图6,图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。图6所示的通信系统中,AP包括AP1、AP2和AP3,STA包括STA1、STA2和STA3。其中,AP1可以为STA1和STA2调度无线资源,并在调度的无线资源上为STA1、STA2和STA3传输数据,该数据可以包括上行数据信息和/或下行数据信息。As an example, see FIG. 6 , which is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the communication system shown in Figure 6, APs include AP1, AP2, and AP3, and STAs include STA1, STA2, and STA3. AP1 may schedule wireless resources for STA1 and STA2, and transmit data for STA1, STA2, and STA3 on the scheduled wireless resources. The data may include uplink data information and/or downlink data information.
在本申请实施例中,以AP1为主AP,AP2和AP3为次AP为例,AP1可以为AP2和AP3调度无线资源,AP2和AP3可以在AP1调度的无线资源上为STA1、STA2和STA3传输数据。In the embodiment of this application, taking AP1 as the primary AP and AP2 and AP3 as secondary APs as an example, AP1 can schedule wireless resources for AP2 and AP3, and AP2 and AP3 can transmit for STA1, STA2 and STA3 on the wireless resources scheduled by AP1. data.
可以理解,一个或多个AP可以与一个或多个STA通信。当然,AP与AP之间可以通信,STA与STA之间可以通信。It can be understood that one or more APs can communicate with one or more STAs. Of course, APs can communicate with APs, and STAs can communicate with each other.
本申请实施例中AP可以为一种部署在无线通信网络中为其关联的STA提供无线通信功能的装置,主要部署于家庭、大楼内部以及园区内部,典型覆盖半径为几十米至上百米,当然,也可以部署于户外。AP相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁,主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起,然后将无线网络接入以太网。具体的,AP可以是带有WiFi芯片的基站、路由器、网关、中继器,通信服务器,交换机或网桥等通信设备。其中,基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站等。In the embodiment of this application, the AP can be a device deployed in a wireless communication network to provide wireless communication functions for its associated STAs. It is mainly deployed inside homes, buildings, and campuses. The typical coverage radius is tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also be deployed outdoors. The AP is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet. Specifically, the AP can be a base station, router, gateway, repeater, communication server, switch or bridge and other communication equipment with a WiFi chip. Among them, base stations can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc.
此外,AP可以为支持802.11be制式的设备。AP也可以为支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等802.11家族的多种WLAN制式的设备。本申请实施例中的AP可以是极高吞吐率(extramely high throughput,EHT)AP或HE AP,还可以是适用未来某代Wi-Fi标准的接入点。其中,极高吞吐率也可称为极高吞吐量。In addition, the AP can be a device supporting the 802.11be standard. The AP can also be a device that supports multiple WLAN standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. The AP in the embodiment of this application may be an extremely high throughput (EHT) AP or a HE AP, or may be an access point that is applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi standards. Among them, extremely high throughput can also be called extremely high throughput.
本申请实施例中的STA可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端等,也可以称为用户(或用户站点)。例如支持Wi-Fi或WLAN通讯功能的用户终端、用户装置、接入装置、订户站、订户单元、移动站、用户代理、或用户装备。其中,用户终端可以包括各种具有无线通信功 能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、IoT设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),终端设备(terminal equipment),便携式通信设备,手持机,便携式计算设备,娱乐设备,游戏设备或系统,全球定位系统设备或被配置为经由无线介质进行网络通信的任何其他合适的设备等。The STA in the embodiment of this application may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor, a wireless communication terminal, etc., and may also be called a user (or user site). For example, a user terminal, user device, access device, subscriber station, subscriber unit, mobile station, user agent, or user equipment that supports Wi-Fi or WLAN communication functions. Among them, the user terminal may include various types of wireless communication functions. capable handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, IoT devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile stations (MS), Terminal, terminal equipment, portable communications device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or any other suitable device configured for network communications via a wireless medium Equipment etc.
此外,STA可以支持802.11be制式。STA也可以支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等802.11家族的多种WLAN制式。本申请实施例中的STA可以是EHT STA或HE STA,还可以是适用未来某代Wi-Fi或WLAN标准的站点。In addition, STA can support the 802.11be standard. STA can also support multiple WLAN standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. The STA in the embodiment of this application may be an EHT STA or a HE STA, or may be a station that is applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi or WLAN standards.
示例性的,上述的STA和AP可以是:应用于车联网中的设备,IoT中的物联网节点、传感器等,智慧家居中的智能摄像头,智能遥控器,智能水表电表,智慧城市中的传感器等,以及通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥、计算机、手机等。For example, the above-mentioned STA and AP can be: devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, Internet of Things nodes, sensors, etc. in the IoT, smart cameras in smart homes, smart remote controls, smart water meters, and sensors in smart cities. etc., as well as communication servers, routers, switches, bridges, computers, mobile phones, etc.
本申请实施例中的所涉及的AP和STA又可以统称为WLAN通信设备。该WLAN通信设备可以包括硬件结构、软件模块。该WLAN通信设备可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现各种通信功能(如本文实施例中的通信方法对应的功能)。该各种通信功能中的某个功能可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或者硬件结构加软件模块的方式来实现。The APs and STAs involved in the embodiments of this application can be collectively referred to as WLAN communication devices. The WLAN communication device may include hardware structure and software modules. The WLAN communication device can implement various communication functions (such as functions corresponding to the communication methods in the embodiments of this article) in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules. A certain function among the various communication functions can be implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
需要说明的是,上述图6架构中的网元、各个网元之间的接口名字只是一个示例,具体实现中网元、网元之间的接口名字可以为其他名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。另外,图6仅为示例性框架图,图6中包括的节点的数量、以及STA的接入方式不受限制。除图6所示功能节点外,还可以包括其他节点,如:还可以包括核心网设备等等,不予限制。It should be noted that the network elements in the architecture of Figure 6 and the interface names between each network element are just an example. In the specific implementation, the network elements and the interface names between network elements can be other names. In this application embodiment, No specific limitation is made. In addition, Figure 6 is only an exemplary framework diagram, and the number of nodes included in Figure 6 and the access method of STAs are not limited. In addition to the functional nodes shown in Figure 6, other nodes may also be included, such as core network equipment, etc., without limitation.
应当指出的是,本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他通信系统中,相应的名称也可以用其他通信系统中的对应功能的名称进行替代。It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems, and the corresponding names can also be replaced with the names of corresponding functions in other communication systems.
下面将结合图7-图18对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行具体阐述。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to Figures 7-18.
示例性地,图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该通信方法可以适用于图6所示的通信系统中。Exemplarily, FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This communication method can be applied to the communication system shown in Figure 6.
如图7所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 7, the communication method includes the following steps:
S701、第一AP生成第一触发帧。S701. The first AP generates a first trigger frame.
其中,第一触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散RU或离散多资源单元(multiple resource unit,MRU)参与下行传输。Among them, the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete multiple resource units (MRUs) to participate in downlink transmission.
其中,离散MRU可以为由多个预定离散RU构成的联合RU。该第一触发帧的结构可以参考上述图3示出的触发帧的结构,即第一触发帧可以包括公共信息字段和用户信息列表字段,该用户信息列表字段可以包括特殊用户信息字段和一个或多个用户信息字段。The discrete MRU may be a joint RU composed of multiple predetermined discrete RUs. The structure of the first trigger frame may refer to the structure of the trigger frame shown in Figure 3 above. That is, the first trigger frame may include a public information field and a user information list field. The user information list field may include a special user information field and a or Multiple user information fields.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP包括第一AP和N个第二AP,N为正整数。换言之,第一触发帧用于触发第一AP和N个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,N为正整数。In a possible design solution, the multiple APs include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer. In other words, the first trigger frame is used to trigger the first AP and N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, and N is a positive integer.
在此场景下,第一AP参与下行传输也即第一AP与其调度的第二AP一起进行下行传输,该调度的第二AP的个数可以为1,即N可以为1。可以理解的是,第一AP参与下行传输时,也使用离散RU或离散MRU进行下行传输。另外,第一AP可以在调度第二AP时,如配置第一触发帧时,将自身传输所需要的资源预留好。在此情况下,此时,第一触发帧可以用于触发第一AP和至少一个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。In this scenario, the first AP participates in downlink transmission, that is, the first AP performs downlink transmission together with its scheduled second AP. The number of scheduled second APs may be 1, that is, N may be 1. It can be understood that when the first AP participates in downlink transmission, it also uses discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission. In addition, the first AP can reserve resources required for its own transmission when scheduling the second AP, such as when configuring the first trigger frame. In this case, at this time, the first trigger frame may be used to trigger the first AP and the at least one second AP to participate in downlink transmission using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
值得说明的是,第一AP在多AP离散RU传输过程中,既是多AP传输的发起者,也是参与者,第一AP在参与离散RU传输时,可以认为是由第一触发帧触发,也可以不依赖于第一触发帧触发,也就是第一AP根据调度的第二AP的数量自主进行下行传输,该第一触发帧中可以不包括第一AP参与传输相关的调度信息,第一AP可以在向第二AP发送第一触发帧后,在设定时间点与第二AP一起使用离散RU或离散MRU进行下行传输。It is worth noting that the first AP is both the initiator and participant of multi-AP discrete RU transmission during multi-AP discrete RU transmission. When the first AP participates in discrete RU transmission, it can be considered to be triggered by the first trigger frame. The trigger may not depend on the first trigger frame, that is, the first AP independently performs downlink transmission according to the number of scheduled second APs. The first trigger frame may not include scheduling information related to the first AP's participation in transmission. The first AP After sending the first trigger frame to the second AP, the discrete RU or discrete MRU can be used together with the second AP for downlink transmission at a set time point.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。换言之,第一触发帧用于触发N个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,N为大于1的正整数。In another possible design solution, the multiple APs include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. In other words, the first trigger frame is used to trigger N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
在此场景下,第一AP不参与下行传输也即仅调度多个第二AP参与下行传输,N可以为大于1为正整数。换言之,第一AP可以仅用于调度多个第二AP进行传输,不参与下行传输。 In this scenario, the first AP does not participate in downlink transmission, that is, it only schedules multiple second APs to participate in downlink transmission. N can be a positive integer greater than 1. In other words, the first AP may only be used to schedule multiple second APs for transmission and does not participate in downlink transmission.
可以理解的是,第一AP作为多AP离散RU传输的发起者,是否参与传输可以根据当前能调度的第二AP的数量、信道状态信息、调度第二AP的复杂度等情况确定,本申请实施例对此不做限定。例如,在一种可能的场景中,仅存在两个AP,则作为多AP传输的发起者的AP(即第一AP)需要参与传输。在另一可能的场景中,存在五个AP,则作为多AP传输的发起者的AP(即第一AP)可以调度当前场景中的另外的至少两个AP参与传输,也可以调度自身与另外的至少一个AP参与自身。可以理解的是,参与传输的AP数量越多,调度越复杂,在实际应用时,多AP传输的AP的数量不能过多。It can be understood that, as the initiator of multi-AP discrete RU transmission, whether the first AP participates in the transmission can be determined based on the number of second APs that can currently be scheduled, channel status information, complexity of scheduling the second AP, etc. This application The embodiment does not limit this. For example, in one possible scenario, there are only two APs, and the AP that is the initiator of multi-AP transmission (ie, the first AP) needs to participate in the transmission. In another possible scenario, there are five APs. The AP that is the initiator of multi-AP transmission (i.e., the first AP) can schedule at least two other APs in the current scenario to participate in the transmission, or can schedule itself to communicate with another AP. At least one AP participates in itself. It is understandable that the more APs involved in transmission, the more complex the scheduling will be. In practical applications, the number of APs involved in multi-AP transmission cannot be too large.
本申请实施例中,第一AP也可称为主AP(primary AP),可以为上述图6示出的AP1,第二AP可以称为次AP(secondary AP),可以为上述图6示出的AP2或AP3。In the embodiment of this application, the first AP may also be called the primary AP, which may be the AP1 shown in the above-mentioned Figure 6, and the second AP may be called the secondary AP, which may be the one shown in the above-mentioned Figure 6. AP2 or AP3.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。换言之,第一指示信息用于指示第一AP和至少一个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,或者第一指示信息用于指示至少两个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. In other words, the first indication information is used to instruct the first AP and at least one second AP to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, or the first indication information is used to instruct at least two second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. transmission.
该第一指示信息可以为如图3所示的触发帧类型字段,第一AP可以通过该触发帧类型字段指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。换言之,触发帧类型字段用于指示第一触发帧为用于多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输的触发帧。值得说明的是,触发帧类型字段为现有字段,该触发帧类型字段的长度为4比特,该触发帧类型字段取值为0~7(即0000~0111)时已有对应的指示含义,本申请实施例中触发帧类型字段的取值可以为8~15(即1000~1111)中的任意一个值用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,本申请实施例对此不做限定。The first indication information may be a trigger frame type field as shown in Figure 3. The first AP may use the trigger frame type field to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. In other words, the trigger frame type field is used to indicate that the first trigger frame is a trigger frame for multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs. It is worth noting that the trigger frame type field is an existing field. The length of the trigger frame type field is 4 bits. When the trigger frame type field has a value of 0 to 7 (i.e., 0000 to 0111), it already has a corresponding indication meaning. In the embodiment of this application, the value of the trigger frame type field can be any value from 8 to 15 (i.e., 1000 to 1111), which is used to indicate that multiple APs use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. In this embodiment of this application, No restrictions.
在一些可能的情形中,触发帧类型字段也可以用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU但不进行下行传输。或者,触发帧类型字段也可以用于指示多个AP不使用离散RU或离散MRU进行下行传输。或者,触发帧类型字段也可以用于指示多个AP不使用离散RU或离散MRU且不进行下行传输。例如,触发帧类型字段的长度为4比特,当触发帧类型字段指示为1001时,指示多个AP不使用离散RU或离散MRU且不进行下行传输;当触发帧类型字段指示为1010时,指示多个AP不使用离散RU或离散MRU(如使用连续RU或离散MRU),但是可以进行下行传输;当触发帧类型字段指示为1011时,指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU但不进行下行传输;当触发帧类型字段指示为1100时,指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU进行下行传输,本申请实施例对此不做限定。本申请实施例中下述各字段在不同取值时也可以对应不同的指示信息,或者不同指示信息可以对应字段的不同取值,具体描述可以参见触发帧类型字段的相关描述,对此不再赘述。In some possible situations, the trigger frame type field can also be used to indicate that multiple APs use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs but do not perform downlink transmission. Alternatively, the trigger frame type field can also be used to indicate that multiple APs do not use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission. Alternatively, the trigger frame type field may also be used to indicate that multiple APs do not use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs and do not perform downlink transmission. For example, the length of the trigger frame type field is 4 bits. When the trigger frame type field indicates 1001, it indicates that multiple APs do not use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs and do not perform downlink transmission; when the trigger frame type field indicates 1010, it indicates Multiple APs do not use discrete RU or discrete MRU (such as using continuous RU or discrete MRU), but can perform downlink transmission; when the trigger frame type field indicates 1011, it indicates that multiple APs use discrete RU or discrete MRU but do not perform downlink transmission. Transmission; when the trigger frame type field indicates 1100, multiple APs are instructed to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application. In the embodiment of this application, the following fields may also correspond to different indication information when they have different values, or different indication information may correspond to different values of the fields. For specific descriptions, please refer to the relevant description of the trigger frame type field, which will not be discussed further. Repeat.
又一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧可以包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示多个AP参与下行传输,第三指示信息用于指示多个AP下行传输使用离散RU或离散MRU。该第二指示信息可以为如图3所示的触发帧类型字段,此时,触发帧类型字段仅用于指示多个AP参与下行传输。该第三指示信息可以承载在公共信息字段、用户信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中,如第三指示信息可以通过公共信息字段或用户信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中的1个或多个比特指示。In another possible design solution, the first trigger frame may include second indication information and third indication information. The second indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in downlink transmission, and the third indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission. The second indication information may be a trigger frame type field as shown in Figure 3. In this case, the trigger frame type field is only used to indicate that multiple APs participate in downlink transmission. The third indication information can be carried in a public information field, a user information field or a special user information field. For example, the third indication information can be indicated by one or more bits in a public information field, a user information field or a special user information field. .
示例性地,第三指示信息通过公共信息字段中的第56~62位比特(即b56~b62)中的1个或多个比特指示,如图3所示,公共信息字段中b56~b62为上行HE-SIG-A2预留字段中的其他上行HE-SIG-A2预留字段,第三指示信息可以通过b60~b62指示,在实际应用时,可以将该上行HE-SIG-A2预留字段中的b60~b62设置为一个新字段,该字段可以用于指示第三指示信息,即用于指示多个AP下行传输使用离散RU或离散MRU。换言之,上行HE-SIG-A2预留字段由9比特变为6比特,第三指示信息为位于第60~62位比特的字段,该第三指示信息对应的字段名称可以根据实际应用或需求命名,如离散RU指示字段或离散传输指示字段,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the third indication information is indicated by one or more bits in the 56th to 62nd bits (ie, b56 to b62) in the public information field. As shown in Figure 3, b56 to b62 in the public information field are For other uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved fields in the uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved field, the third indication information can be indicated by b60~b62. In actual application, the uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved field can be b60 to b62 in are set as a new field, which can be used to indicate the third indication information, that is, to indicate that multiple APs use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission. In other words, the uplink HE-SIG-A2 reserved field is changed from 9 bits to 6 bits, and the third indication information is a field located in the 60th to 62nd bits. The field name corresponding to the third indication information can be named according to actual applications or needs. , such as the discrete RU indication field or the discrete transmission indication field, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
进一步地,第一触发帧还可以包括第二AP的标识信息,该第二AP的标识信息用于指示使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输的AP。该第二AP的标识信息可以为第二AP对应的基本服 务集合颜色或第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识,或者,第二AP的标识信息为第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的部分信息,如将第二AP对应的基本服务集合标识中的低8位比特指示的信息作为第二AP的标识信息,可以节省信令开销。Further, the first trigger frame may also include identification information of the second AP, and the identification information of the second AP is used to indicate an AP that uses discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission. The identification information of the second AP may be the basic service corresponding to the second AP. The service set color or the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP, or the identification information of the second AP is part of the information in the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP, such as changing the basic service set identifier corresponding to the second AP The information indicated by the lower 8 bits is used as the identification information of the second AP, which can save signaling overhead.
可以理解的是,无论第一AP是否参与下行传输中,第一触发帧中也包括第一AP的标识信息,但第一触发帧中可以不用携带第一AP传输的相关信息,第一AP自行调度STA使用离散RU或离散MRU进行下行传输。It can be understood that, regardless of whether the first AP participates in downlink transmission, the first trigger frame also includes the identification information of the first AP, but the first trigger frame does not need to carry the relevant information of the first AP transmission, and the first AP automatically Schedule STA to use discrete RU or discrete MRU for downlink transmission.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在用户信息列表字段中,该用户信息列表字段中的一个用户信息字段包括一个第二AP的标识信息,换言之,一个用户信息字段中包括N个第二标识信息中的一个第二AP的标识信息。In a possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the user information list field. One user information field in the user information list field includes the identification information of the second AP. In other words, in one user information field Includes identification information of one second AP among the N pieces of second identification information.
可选地,第二AP的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的M个用户信息字段,M为正整数。换言之,一个第二AP的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的一个或多个用户信息字段。Optionally, the identification information of the second AP may correspond to M user information fields in the user information list field, where M is a positive integer. In other words, the identification information of a second AP may correspond to one or more user information fields in the user information list field.
进一步地,用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。换言之,一个第二AP的标识信息对应的一个用户信息字段中还可以包括RU分配信息。该RU分配信息可以包括分配给该第二AP用于下行传输的离散RU或离散MRU,该离散RU或离散MRU可以为一个或多个。Further, the user information field may also include RU allocation information. In other words, a user information field corresponding to the identification information of a second AP may also include RU allocation information. The RU allocation information may include discrete RUs or discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission, and the discrete RUs or discrete MRUs may be one or more.
一种可能的设计方案中,用户信息字段还可以包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。换言之,一个第二AP的标识信息对应的一个用户信息字段中还可以包括与该第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。例如,第n个第二AP的标识信息对应的第m个用户信息字段中还可以包括与第n个第二AP关联的STA的标识信息,在此情况下,第m个用户信息字段中的RU分配信息可以包括第n个第二AP与第n个第二AP关联的STA之间进行下行传输所使用的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。In a possible design solution, the user information field may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. In other words, a user information field corresponding to the identification information of a second AP may also include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. For example, the m-th user information field corresponding to the identification information of the n-th second AP may also include the identification information of the STA associated with the n-th second AP. In this case, the m-th user information field The RU allocation information may include one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission between the n-th second AP and STAs associated with the n-th second AP.
示例性地,图8为本申请实施例提供的一种第一触发帧中的用户信息字段的结构示意图。如图8所示,该用户信息字段包括AP标识信息字段、关联标识字段和资源单元分配字段。其中,AP标识信息字段可以用于指示N个第二AP的标识信息中的一个第二AP(如第n个第二AP)的标识信息,关联标识字段可以用于指示与第n个第二AP关联的STA的标识信息,资源单元分配字段可以用于指示RU分配信息,且该RU分配信息包括第n个第二AP与第n个第二AP关联的STA之间进行下行传输所使用的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。Exemplarily, FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user information field in a first trigger frame provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the user information field includes an AP identification information field, an association identification field, and a resource unit allocation field. The AP identification information field may be used to indicate the identification information of one second AP (such as the n-th second AP) among the identification information of the N second APs, and the association identification field may be used to indicate the identification information associated with the n-th second AP. The identification information of the STA associated with the AP, the resource unit allocation field can be used to indicate the RU allocation information, and the RU allocation information includes the downlink transmission between the n-th second AP and the STA associated with the n-th second AP. One or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs.
另外,如图8所示,用户信息字段还可以包括上行前向纠错编码类型字段、调制与编码策略字段、空间流开始值字段、空间流数字段、上行目标接收信号强度指示字段和基于触发(帧类型)的用户信息字段等用于下行传输的信息。In addition, as shown in Figure 8, the user information field may also include the uplink forward error correction coding type field, modulation and coding strategy field, spatial stream start value field, spatial stream number field, uplink target received signal strength indication field and trigger-based (Frame type) user information field and other information used for downlink transmission.
可以理解的是,图8所示的用户信息字段可以指示一个第二AP的标识信息和一个与该第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。换言之,一个第二AP的标识信息与关联的一个STA可以对应一个用户信息字段。一种可能的情形中,一个第二AP的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的一个或多个用户信息字段,但不同用户信息字段中的关联标识指示的STA不同,也即第n个第二AP的标识信息对应的M个用户信息字段中的关联标识字段指示的STA不同。It can be understood that the user information field shown in FIG. 8 may indicate identification information of a second AP and identification information of an STA associated with the second AP. In other words, the identification information of a second AP and an associated STA may correspond to a user information field. In one possible scenario, the identification information of a second AP may correspond to one or more user information fields in the user information list field, but the association identifiers in different user information fields indicate different STAs, that is, the nth The STAs indicated by the association identification fields in the M user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the two APs are different.
示例性地,图9为本申请实施例提供的一种多AP传输的场景示意图。其中,AP1为第一AP,AP2和AP3为第二AP,即N=2,AP1不参与传输,即多个AP包括两个第二AP(AP2和AP3),且AP1为AP2和AP3调度了STA进行数据传输,如为AP2调度了STA1和STA2,为AP3调度了STA3,生成的第一触发帧中的用户信息字段如图8所示,该AP2的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3,即M=2,AP3的标识信息可以对应用户信息列表字段中的用户信息字段4,即M=1。可以理解的是,不同AP可以向同一STA传输数据。Exemplarily, FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. Among them, AP1 is the first AP, AP2 and AP3 are the second AP, that is, N=2, AP1 does not participate in transmission, that is, multiple APs include two second APs (AP2 and AP3), and AP1 is scheduled for AP2 and AP3 STA performs data transmission. For example, STA1 and STA2 are scheduled for AP2, and STA3 is scheduled for AP3. The user information field in the generated first trigger frame is shown in Figure 8. The identification information of AP2 can correspond to the user information list field. User information field 2 and user information field 3, that is, M=2, and the identification information of AP3 can correspond to user information field 4 in the user information list field, that is, M=1. It is understandable that different APs can transmit data to the same STA.
其中,对于用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3来说,其对应的AP标识信息字段指示的都是AP2的标识信息,但对应指示的与AP2关联的STA的标识信息不同。也就是说,用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3中的关联标识字段指示的STA不同,如用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3中的关联标识字段分别指示STA1和STA2的标识信息,该用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3可以表示AP2需要分别向STA1和STA2发送数据。并且,用户信息字段2中的资源单元分配字段指示的RU分配信息用于AP2与STA1进行通信,该RU分配信息包括AP2与关联的STA1之间进行 下行传输所使用的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。用户信息字段3中的资源单元分配字段指示的RU分配信息用于AP2与STA2进行通信,该RU分配信息包括AP2与关联的STA2之间进行下行传输所使用的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。Among them, for user information field 2 and user information field 3, the corresponding AP identification information fields indicate the identification information of AP2, but the corresponding indicated identification information of the STA associated with AP2 is different. That is to say, the STAs indicated by the association identification fields in user information field 2 and user information field 3 are different. For example, the association identification fields in user information field 2 and user information field 3 respectively indicate the identification information of STA1 and STA2. The user information Field 2 and user information field 3 can indicate that AP2 needs to send data to STA1 and STA2 respectively. Moreover, the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field in the user information field 2 is used for communication between AP2 and STA1. The RU allocation information includes the communication between AP2 and the associated STA1. One or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission. The RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field in user information field 3 is used for communication between AP2 and STA2. The RU allocation information includes one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete RUs used for downlink transmission between AP2 and the associated STA2. Multiple discrete MRUs.
对于用户信息字段4来说,其对应的AP标识信息字段指示的为AP3的标识信息,关联标识信息指示STA3的标识信息,资源单元分配字段指示的RU分配信息用于AP3与STA3进行通信,该RU分配信息包括AP3与关联的STA3之间进行下行传输所使用的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。For user information field 4, the corresponding AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP3, the associated identification information indicates the identification information of STA3, and the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field is used for communication between AP3 and STA3. The RU allocation information includes one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission between AP3 and the associated STA3.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中用于进行下行传输所使用的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU也可以简称为离散RU资源信息或下行离散RU资源信息,对此不做具体限定。It is worth noting that the one or more discrete RUs or the one or more discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission in the embodiment of the present application can also be referred to as discrete RU resource information or downlink discrete RU resource information, and this is not done Specific limitations.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段中还可以不包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。换言之,用户信息字段中不包括与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。也就是说,第一AP可以不预先为第二AP调度STA。在此情况下,第二AP可以根据用户信息字段中RU分配信息包括的分配给第二AP用于下行传输的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU去调度STA。In another possible design solution, the user information field corresponding to the identification information of the second AP may not include the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. In other words, the user information field does not include identification information of the STA associated with the second AP. That is to say, the first AP may not schedule an STA for the second AP in advance. In this case, the second AP may schedule the STA according to one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission included in the RU allocation information in the user information field.
示例性地,该第一触发帧中的用户信息字段的结构可以如图10所示,用户信息字段包括AP标识信息字段和资源单元分配字段,该用户信息字段中没有关联标识字段。其中,AP标识信息字段和资源单元分配字段的功能与图8示出的用户信息字段中的AP标识信息字段功能类似,但资源单元分配字段指示的RU分配信息并未指定用于与哪个STA进行通信。For example, the structure of the user information field in the first trigger frame may be as shown in Figure 10. The user information field includes an AP identification information field and a resource unit allocation field. There is no associated identification field in the user information field. Among them, the functions of the AP identification information field and the resource unit allocation field are similar to the functions of the AP identification information field in the user information field shown in Figure 8, but the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field does not specify which STA to communicate with. communication.
在此情况下,一个第二AP也可以对应多个用户信息字段,不同的用户信息字段中的资源单元分配信息字段指示第一AP分配给第二AP的不同的RU分配信息,该RU分配信息包括分配给第二AP的用于下行传输的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。示例性地,第一AP为一个第二AP分配一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU,第一AP可以通过一个用户信息字段指示该分配的离散RU资源信息,也可以通过多个用户信息字段来将分配的离散RU资源信息分开指示。如AP1为AP2分配了6个离散MRU,通过两个用户信息字段指示,如用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3,该用户信息字段2中的资源单元分配字段指示分配给AP2的2个离散MRU,用户信息字段3中的资源单元分配字段指示分配给AP2的4个离散MRU,但用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3中的AP标识信息字段指示的均是AP2的标识信息。In this case, one second AP may also correspond to multiple user information fields. The resource unit allocation information fields in different user information fields indicate different RU allocation information allocated by the first AP to the second AP. The RU allocation information Including one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to the second AP for downlink transmission. For example, the first AP allocates one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs to a second AP. The first AP can indicate the allocated discrete RU resource information through a user information field, or can also use multiple The user information field is used to separately indicate the allocated discrete RU resource information. For example, AP1 allocates 6 discrete MRUs to AP2, which is indicated by two user information fields, such as user information field 2 and user information field 3. The resource unit allocation field in the user information field 2 indicates the 2 discrete MRUs allocated to AP2. , the resource unit allocation field in user information field 3 indicates the four discrete MRUs allocated to AP2, but the AP identification information fields in user information field 2 and user information field 3 both indicate the identification information of AP2.
可以理解的是,图10所示的用户信息字段也还可以包括上行前向纠错编码类型字段、调制与编码策略字段、空间流开始值字段、空间流数字段、上行目标接收信号强度指示字段或者基于触发(帧类型)的用户信息字段等用于下行传输的信息。It can be understood that the user information field shown in Figure 10 may also include an uplink forward error correction coding type field, a modulation and coding strategy field, a spatial stream start value field, a spatial stream number field, and an uplink target received signal strength indication field. Or information for downlink transmission based on trigger (frame type) user information field.
可选地,RU分配信息还可以包括用于上行传输的离散RU资源信息。一种可能的情形中,AP与STA上行传输和下行传输可以使用同一离散RU资源信息,此时RU分配信息可以不包括用于上行传输的离散资源RU信息。Optionally, the RU allocation information may also include discrete RU resource information for uplink transmission. In one possible scenario, the AP and STA may use the same discrete RU resource information for uplink transmission and downlink transmission. In this case, the RU allocation information may not include discrete resource RU information for uplink transmission.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息可以承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。例如,第二AP的标识信息可以位于如图3示出的公共信息字段中的基于触发帧类型的公共信息字段中,而用户信息字段中不承载第二AP的标识信息。In another possible design solution, the identification information of the second AP can be carried in the public information field or the special user information field. For example, the identification information of the second AP may be located in the public information field based on the trigger frame type in the public information field as shown in FIG. 3, but the user information field does not carry the identification information of the second AP.
进一步地,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息。其中,第二AP的标识信息与第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。也就是说,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中除了包括N个第二AP的标识信息之外,公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段还可以包括用于指示每个第二AP在第一触发帧中的用户信息字段的个数或数量的用户信息字段个数信息,且每个第二AP的标识信息与其对应的用户信息字段个数信息相邻排列。Further, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information on the number of user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP. Wherein, the identification information of the second AP and the user information field number information corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged adjacently. That is to say, in addition to the identification information of the N second APs included in the public information field or the special user information field, the public information field or the special user information field may also include information indicating that each second AP is in the first trigger frame. The number or number of user information fields in the user information field, and the identification information of each second AP and its corresponding user information field number information are arranged adjacently.
示例性地,图11为本申请实施例提供的一种公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段的部分结构示意图。一种可能的设计方案中,如图11中的(a)所示,该公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中包括AP数量字段、AP标识信息字段和对应用户信息字段数量字段,且每个AP标识信息字段相邻排列有一个对应用户信息字段数量字段。其中,AP数量字段可以用于指示第二AP的个数,AP 标识信息字段可以用于指示第二AP的标识信息,对应用户信息字段数量字段可以用于指示第二AP对应用户信息字段的个数。Exemplarily, FIG. 11 is a partial structural diagram of a public information field or a special user information field provided by an embodiment of the present application. In a possible design, as shown in (a) in Figure 11, the public information field or the special user information field includes an AP quantity field, an AP identification information field, and a corresponding user information field quantity field, and each AP The identification information fields are arranged adjacently and there is a corresponding user information field number field. Among them, the AP quantity field can be used to indicate the number of second APs. The AP The identification information field may be used to indicate the identification information of the second AP, and the number of corresponding user information fields field may be used to indicate the number of corresponding user information fields of the second AP.
在图9示出的场景中,AP1(第一AP)指示AP2、AP3(第二AP)参与下行传输,该公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中的第二AP的标识信息的指示方式如图12中的(a)所示。其中,AP数量字段指示的第二AP个数为2,第一个AP标识信息字段指示AP2的标识信息(如ID=1),与其相邻的对应用户信息字段数量字段指示的AP2对应的用户信息字段数量为2,第二个AP标识信息字段指示AP3的标识信息(如ID=2),与其相邻的对应用户信息字段数量字段指示的AP3对应的用户信息字段数量为1。In the scenario shown in Figure 9, AP1 (the first AP) instructs AP2 and AP3 (the second AP) to participate in downlink transmission. The identification information of the second AP in the public information field or the special user information field is indicated as follows: As shown in (a) in 12. Among them, the number of second APs indicated by the AP quantity field is 2, the first AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP2 (such as ID=1), and the user corresponding to AP2 indicated by the adjacent corresponding user information field quantity field. The number of information fields is 2. The second AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP3 (such as ID=2), and the number of user information fields corresponding to AP3 indicated by the adjacent corresponding user information field number field is 1.
又例如,在另一场景下,AP1指示AP2~AP4参与下行传输,该公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中的第二AP的标识信息的指示方式如图12中的(c)所示。其中,AP数量字段指示的第二AP个数为3,第一个AP标识信息字段指示AP2的标识信息(如ID=1),与其相邻的对应用户信息字段数量字段指示的AP2对应的用户信息字段数量为3,第二个AP标识信息字段指示AP3的标识信息(如ID=2),与其相邻的对应用户信息字段数量字段指示的AP3对应的用户信息字段数量为4,第三个AP标识信息字段指示AP4的标识信息(如ID=3),与其相邻的对应用户信息字段数量字段指示的AP4对应的用户信息字段数量为2。For another example, in another scenario, AP1 instructs AP2 to AP4 to participate in downlink transmission. The identification information of the second AP in the common information field or the special user information field is indicated as shown in (c) of Figure 12 . Among them, the number of second APs indicated by the AP quantity field is 3, the first AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP2 (such as ID=1), and the user corresponding to AP2 indicated by the adjacent corresponding user information field quantity field. The number of information fields is 3. The second AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP3 (such as ID=2). The number of user information fields corresponding to AP3 indicated by the adjacent corresponding user information field number field is 4. The third The AP identification information field indicates the identification information of AP4 (such as ID=3), and the adjacent corresponding user information field number field indicates that the number of user information fields corresponding to AP4 is 2.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二AP的标识信息对应的用户信息字段连续排列。换言之,在一个第二AP对应有多个用户信息字段的情况下,同一个第二AP对应的用户信息字段连续排列。由此,第二AP可以根据第二AP的标识信息确定有哪些用户信息字段与其对应。In one possible design solution, the user information fields corresponding to the identification information of the second AP are arranged continuously. In other words, when one second AP corresponds to multiple user information fields, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are arranged continuously. Therefore, the second AP can determine which user information fields correspond to the second AP based on the identification information of the second AP.
如图12中的(b)所示,同一第二AP对应的用户信息字段连续排列,且多个第二AP的用户信息字段按AP标识信息依次排列。如,AP2(如ID=1)对应的两个用户信息字段(用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3)连续排列,接着排列AP3(如ID=2)对应的1个用户信息字段(用户信息字段4)。As shown in (b) of Figure 12, the user information fields corresponding to the same second AP are arranged continuously, and the user information fields of multiple second APs are arranged in order according to the AP identification information. For example, two user information fields (User Information Field 2 and User Information Field 3) corresponding to AP2 (such as ID=1) are arranged continuously, and then one user information field (User Information Field) corresponding to AP3 (such as ID=2) is arranged. 4).
又如图12中的(d)所示,AP2(如ID=1)对应的3个用户信息字段(用户信息字段2~用户信息字段4)连续排列,接着排列AP3(如ID=2)对应的4个用户信息字段(用户信息字段5~用户信息字段8),然后排列AP4(如ID=3)对应的2个用户信息字段(用户信息字段9~用户信息字段10)。As shown in (d) in Figure 12, the three user information fields (user information field 2 to user information field 4) corresponding to AP2 (such as ID=1) are arranged continuously, and then the corresponding ones of AP3 (such as ID=2) are arranged. 4 user information fields (User Information Field 5 ~ User Information Field 8), and then arrange the 2 user information fields (User Information Field 9 ~ User Information Field 10) corresponding to AP4 (such as ID=3).
另一种可能的设计方案中,如图11中的(b)所示,该公共信息字段或或特殊用户信息字段中可以不包括用户信息字段个数信息,如图11中的(a)示出的对应用户信息字段数量字段,而包括AP数量字段和AP标识信息字段,用于指示第二AP的数量和第二AP的标识信息。In another possible design, as shown in (b) in Figure 11 , the public information field or special user information field may not include the number of user information fields, as shown in (a) in Figure 11 The corresponding user information field quantity field includes an AP quantity field and an AP identification information field, which are used to indicate the number of second APs and the identification information of the second AP.
可以理解的是,在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中基于图11示出的方式指示N个第二AP的标识信息的情况下,用户信息字段的结构可以为如图3示出的用户信息字段的结构。可选地,该用户信息字段可以不包括关联标识字段,也就是说不包括与第二AP关联的STA的信息,如图10示出的用户信息字段中不包括关联标识字段,由第二AP根据资源单元分配字段指示的RU分配信息进行STA调度。It can be understood that, in the case where the identification information of the N second APs is indicated in the public information field or the special user information field based on the method shown in Figure 11, the structure of the user information field may be the user information shown in Figure 3 The structure of the field. Optionally, the user information field may not include an association identification field, that is to say, it may not include information about the STA associated with the second AP. As shown in Figure 10, the user information field does not include an association identification field, and the second AP STA scheduling is performed according to the RU allocation information indicated by the resource unit allocation field.
在一种可能的设计方案中,第一触发帧还可以用于触发多个AP参与信道探测。例如,在第二AP向STA传输数据之前,第一AP可以通过第一触发帧触发第二AP参与信道探测来为数据传输提供波束成形、编码等所需要的信道信息。或者,第一AP与调度的第二AP一起参与信道探测。In a possible design solution, the first trigger frame can also be used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection. For example, before the second AP transmits data to the STA, the first AP can trigger the second AP to participate in channel detection through the first trigger frame to provide channel information required for beamforming, coding, etc. for data transmission. Alternatively, the first AP and the scheduled second AP participate in channel detection together.
在进行信道探测时,第一触发帧还可以包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU进行信道探测。在一些可能的情形中,如在进行数据传输时,第四指示信息对应的字段可以指示多个AP不参与信道探测。When performing channel detection, the first trigger frame may also include fourth indication information, which is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to perform channel detection. In some possible situations, such as during data transmission, the field corresponding to the fourth indication information may indicate that multiple APs do not participate in channel sounding.
在一种可能的情形中,第四指示信息也可以为触发帧类型字段,此时,触发帧类型字段可以根据取值指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输而不参与信道探测、或者指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU不参与下行传输而参与信道探测等。In a possible situation, the fourth indication information may also be a trigger frame type field. In this case, the trigger frame type field may indicate multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission without participating in channel detection according to the value. Or instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs not to participate in downlink transmission but to participate in channel detection, etc.
在另一种可能的情形中,第四指示信息也通过公共信息字段或用户信息字段中的1比特或多比特指示。在此情况下,且在进行信道探测时,第一触发帧中的触发帧类型字段可以指示为多个 AP使用离散RU或离散MRU但不参与下行传输。In another possible situation, the fourth indication information is also indicated by 1 or more bits in the public information field or the user information field. In this case, and when performing channel sounding, the trigger frame type field in the first trigger frame may indicate multiple The AP uses discrete RU or discrete MRU but does not participate in downlink transmission.
可以理解的是,信道探测的优先级高于数据传输的优先级,在第一触发帧中包括用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输的指示信息(如第一指示信息或第二指示信息)、以及用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测的指示信息(如第四信息)的情况下,第一触发帧可以优先触发多个AP进行信道探测,在信道探测完成后再触发多个AP进行下行数据传输。It can be understood that the priority of channel detection is higher than the priority of data transmission. The first trigger frame includes indication information for instructing multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission (such as the first indication information or In the case of second indication information), and indication information (such as the fourth information) used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel detection, the first trigger frame can priority trigger multiple APs to perform channel detection. After the channel detection is completed, multiple APs are triggered to transmit downlink data.
可以理解的是,第一AP参与信道探测时,第一触发帧中也可以不携带第一AP进行信道探测的相关信息,与数据传输类似,由于第一AP在多AP离散RU信道探测过程中,既是发起者,也是参与者,第一AP在参与离散RU信道探测时,可以认为是由第一触发帧触发,也可以不依赖于第一触发帧触发。It can be understood that when the first AP participates in channel detection, the first trigger frame may not carry relevant information about the first AP performing channel detection. Similar to data transmission, since the first AP is in the multi-AP discrete RU channel detection process , is both an initiator and a participant. When the first AP participates in discrete RU channel detection, it can be considered to be triggered by the first trigger frame, or it can be triggered independently of the first trigger frame.
可选地,第一触发帧中的RU分配信息还可以包括分配给多个AP用于进行信道探测一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU。一种可能的情形中,多个AP用于信道探测的离散RU资源信息可以与用于下行传输的离散RU资源信息相同。Optionally, the RU allocation information in the first trigger frame may also include one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to multiple APs for channel detection. In one possible scenario, the discrete RU resource information used by multiple APs for channel detection may be the same as the discrete RU resource information used for downlink transmission.
可以理解的是,在执行信道探测时,由于不涉及数据传输,第一触发帧中可以不携带数据字段编码等相关信息。另外,第一触发帧中还可以包括探测对话令环(sounding dialogue token)等公共信息,该探测对话令环用于指示本次信道探测为第几次信道探测。It can be understood that when performing channel sounding, since data transmission is not involved, the first trigger frame may not carry relevant information such as data field coding. In addition, the first trigger frame may also include public information such as a sounding dialogue token, which is used to indicate which channel detection this channel detection is.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中各字段的名称可以根据各字段的功能进行命名,如对应用户信息字段数量字段也可以称为用户信息字段数量字段、用户信息字段个数字段等,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It is worth noting that the names of each field in the embodiment of this application can be named according to the function of each field. For example, the field corresponding to the number of user information fields can also be called the number field of user information fields, the number of user information fields field, etc. This application The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
S702、第一AP向第二AP发送第一触发帧。相应的,第二AP接收来自第一AP的第一触发帧。S702. The first AP sends the first trigger frame to the second AP. Correspondingly, the second AP receives the first trigger frame from the first AP.
一种可能的实现方式中,在第一触发帧用于触发多AP数据传输的情况下,第一触发帧中可以包括第一指示信息(或者第二指示信息和第三指示信息)、第二AP的标识信息、或者RU分配信息等,可以不包括第四指示信息,或者第四指示信息对应的字段可以指示多个AP不参与信道探测。第二AP可以根据第一触发帧中的第一指示信息确定使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,或者第二AP可以根据第一触发帧中的第二指示信息和第三指示信息确定使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输。其中,第一触发帧中各信息的指示方式或承载方式可以参见上述S701中的相关描述。In a possible implementation, when the first trigger frame is used to trigger multi-AP data transmission, the first trigger frame may include first indication information (or second indication information and third indication information), second indication information, and second indication information. The identification information of the AP or the RU allocation information may not include the fourth indication information, or the field corresponding to the fourth indication information may indicate that multiple APs do not participate in channel sounding. The second AP may determine to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission based on the first indication information in the first trigger frame, or the second AP may determine to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission based on the second indication information and the third indication information in the first trigger frame. RU or discrete MRU participates in downlink transmission. For the indication method or carrying method of each information in the first trigger frame, please refer to the relevant description in S701 above.
示例性地,在如图9所示的场景下,第一AP为AP1,第二AP为AP2和AP3。例如,AP1发送的第一触发帧中包括用户信息字段2~4,该第一触发帧中的用户信息字段为如图8示出的结构。其中,用户信息字段2和3用于指示AP2下行传输的相关信息,用户信息字段4用于指示AP3下行传输的相关信息。其中,每个用户信息字段可以包括第二AP(AP2或AP3)的标识信息、与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息(STA1或STA2或STA3)以及用于第二AP与关联的STA之间进行下行传输的离散RU资源信息。For example, in the scenario shown in Figure 9, the first AP is AP1, and the second APs are AP2 and AP3. For example, the first trigger frame sent by AP1 includes user information fields 2 to 4, and the user information fields in the first trigger frame have a structure as shown in FIG. 8 . Among them, user information fields 2 and 3 are used to indicate the relevant information of AP2's downlink transmission, and user information field 4 is used to indicate the relevant information of AP3's downlink transmission. Each user information field may include the identification information of the second AP (AP2 or AP3), the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP (STA1 or STA2 or STA3), and the information used between the second AP and the associated STA. Discrete RU resource information for downlink transmission.
或者,示例性的,在如图9所示的场景下,第一AP发送第一触发帧中包括用户信息字段2~4,该第一触发帧中的用户信息字段为如图10示出的结构。其中,用户信息字段2和3用于指示AP2下行传输的相关信息,用户信息字段4用于指示AP3下行传输的相关信息。其中,每个用户信息字段可以包括第二AP(AP2或AP3)的标识信息和用于第二AP(AP2或AP3)进行下行传输的离散RU资源信息,第一AP不为第二AP调度STA,而是只为第二AP分配离散RU资源信息,进而第二AP(AP2或AP3)可以根据用户信息字段指示的离散RU资源信息调度STA进行下行传输。Or, for example, in the scenario shown in Figure 9, the first AP sends a first trigger frame including user information fields 2 to 4, and the user information fields in the first trigger frame are as shown in Figure 10 structure. Among them, user information fields 2 and 3 are used to indicate the relevant information of AP2's downlink transmission, and user information field 4 is used to indicate the relevant information of AP3's downlink transmission. Each user information field may include identification information of the second AP (AP2 or AP3) and discrete RU resource information used by the second AP (AP2 or AP3) for downlink transmission. The first AP does not schedule STAs for the second AP. , but only allocates discrete RU resource information to the second AP, and then the second AP (AP2 or AP3) can schedule the STA for downlink transmission according to the discrete RU resource information indicated by the user information field.
又或者,第一触发帧中的用户信息字段如上述图3所示,而第二AP的标识信息如图11所示承载在公共信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中,AP2或AP3可以根据对应的标识信息确定用户信息字段个数,进而根据对应个数的用户信息字段确定AP1分配的离散RU资源信息和/或与其关联的STA。Alternatively, the user information field in the first trigger frame is as shown in Figure 3 above, and the identification information of the second AP is carried in the public information field or the special user information field as shown in Figure 11. AP2 or AP3 can respond according to the corresponding The identification information determines the number of user information fields, and then determines the discrete RU resource information allocated by AP1 and/or the STAs associated with it based on the corresponding number of user information fields.
另一种可能的实现方式中,在第一触发帧用于触发多个AP参与信道探测的情况下,第一触 发帧中可以包括第一指示信息(或者第二指示信息和第三指示信息)、第二AP的标识信息、RU分配信息和第四指示信息等。第二AP可以根据第一触发帧中的第四指示信息使用离散RU或离散MRU进行信道探测。其中,第一触发帧中各信息的指示方式或承载方式可以参见上述S701中的相关描述和上述多AP数据传输中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In another possible implementation, when the first trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to participate in channel detection, the first trigger frame The frame transmission may include first indication information (or second indication information and third indication information), identification information of the second AP, RU allocation information, fourth indication information, etc. The second AP may use discrete RU or discrete MRU to perform channel detection according to the fourth indication information in the first trigger frame. For the indication method or carrying method of each information in the first trigger frame, please refer to the relevant description in the above S701 and the above relevant description in the multi-AP data transmission, and will not be described again here.
S703、第二AP向一个或多个STA发送第一PPDU。相应的,STA接收来自第二AP的第一PPDU。S703. The second AP sends the first PPDU to one or more STAs. Correspondingly, the STA receives the first PPDU from the second AP.
其中,第一PPDU包括调制部分字段,该调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU传输。例如,第二AP根据第一触发帧中指示的离散RU或离散MRU进行调制部分字段的传输。多个第二AP在设定时间点同时发送第一PPDU,该设定时间点可以由第一AP指示,如携带在第一触发帧中,或者由第一AP与第二AP协商确定,该设定时间点用于指示第二AP进行下行传输的时间点。Wherein, the first PPDU includes a modulation part field, and the modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU. For example, the second AP transmits the modulation part field according to the discrete RU or discrete MRU indicated in the first trigger frame. Multiple second APs simultaneously send the first PPDU at a set time point. The set time point may be indicated by the first AP, such as carried in the first trigger frame, or determined by negotiation between the first AP and the second AP. The set time point is used to indicate the time point when the second AP performs downlink transmission.
示例性地,在图9示出的场景中,第一触发帧中的用户信息字段如图8所示,AP2向STA1和STA2发送第一PPDU,则AP2可以根据第一触发帧中的用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3中指示的RU分配信息中的一个或多个离散RU或离散MRU向STA1和STA2在设定时间点发送第一PPDU中的调制部分字段,AP3可以根据第一触发帧中的用户信息字段4中指示的RU分配信息中的一个或多个离散RU或离散MRU在设定时间点向STA3发送第一PPDU中的调制部分字段。For example, in the scenario shown in Figure 9, the user information field in the first trigger frame is as shown in Figure 8, and AP2 sends the first PPDU to STA1 and STA2, then AP2 can use the user information field in the first trigger frame to One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs in the RU allocation information indicated in field 2 and user information field 3 send the modulation part field in the first PPDU to STA1 and STA2 at the set time point. AP3 can send the modulation part field in the first PPDU according to the first trigger frame. One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs in the RU allocation information indicated in the user information field 4 in the send the modulation part field in the first PPDU to STA3 at the set time point.
或者,示例性的,在图9示出的场景中,第一触发帧中的用户信息字段如图10所示,AP2可以根据第一触发帧中的用户信息字段2和用户信息字段3中指示的RU分配信息中的一个或多个离散RU或离散MRU调度STA,向调度的STA发送第一PPDU中的调制部分字段,AP3与AP2类似,此处不再赘述。Or, for example, in the scenario shown in Figure 9, the user information field in the first trigger frame is as shown in Figure 10, AP2 can be based on the instructions in user information field 2 and user information field 3 in the first trigger frame. One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs in the RU allocation information schedule the STA, and send the modulation part field in the first PPDU to the scheduled STA. AP3 is similar to AP2, and will not be described again here.
此外,本申请实施例中,第一PPDU还可以包括非调制部分字段,其中,非调制部分字段可以包括第一字段,该第一字段可以包括用于解调调制部分字段的信息。In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the first PPDU may also include a non-modulation part field, where the non-modulation part field may include a first field, and the first field may include information used to demodulate the modulation part field.
其中,非调制部分字段还可以包括U-SIG字段,其中,U-SIG字段可以包括如下一种或多种字段:物理层版本字段、上行/下行字段、基本服务集合颜色字段、传输机会字段、PPDU类型和压缩模式字段、第一字段的符号数字段、或者第一字段的编码与调制策略字段。The non-modulated part field may also include a U-SIG field, where the U-SIG field may include one or more of the following fields: physical layer version field, uplink/downlink field, basic service set color field, transmission opportunity field, The PPDU type and compression mode fields, the symbol number field of the first field, or the coding and modulation strategy field of the first field.
其中,物理层版本字段指示第一PPDU的类型(如下述UHR PPDU),带宽字段指示该第一PPDU的带宽,上行/下行字段指示下行传输,传输机会字段指示本次传输的传输机会时长,PPDU类型和压缩模式字段指示本次传输为采用离散RU或离散MRU的下行传输,第一字段的符号数字段指示第一字段所占的符号数,第一字段的编码与调制策略字段指示第一字段的编码调制方式。其中,基本服务集合颜色字段指示的基本服务集合颜色根据非调制部分的传输方式确定,具体可以参见下述相关描述。Among them, the physical layer version field indicates the type of the first PPDU (such as UHR PPDU below), the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the first PPDU, the uplink/downlink field indicates downlink transmission, and the transmission opportunity field indicates the transmission opportunity duration of this transmission. PPDU The type and compression mode fields indicate that this transmission is downlink transmission using discrete RU or discrete MRU. The number of symbols field in the first field indicates the number of symbols occupied by the first field. The coding and modulation strategy field in the first field indicates the first field. coding modulation method. The basic service set color indicated by the basic service set color field is determined according to the transmission mode of the non-modulation part. For details, please refer to the following related descriptions.
可以理解的是,在第一触发帧用于触发多个AP数据传输的情况下,第一PPDU中调制部分字段还可以包括数据字段。It can be understood that, in the case where the first trigger frame is used to trigger data transmission by multiple APs, the modulation part field in the first PPDU may also include a data field.
示例性地,图13为本申请实施例提供的一种第一PPDU的结构示意图。如图13所示,第一PPDU为超高可靠(ultra high reliability,UHR)PPDU,该UHR PPDU包括L-STF字段、L-LTF字段、L-SIG字段、RL-SIG字段、U-SIG字段、UHR-SIG字段、UHR-STF字段、UHR-LTF字段、数据字段和PE字段。其中,L-STF字段、L-LTF字段、L-SIG字段、RL-SIG字段、U-SIG字段、UHR-SIG字段属于非UHR调制部分字段,上述第一字段可以为该UHR-SIG字段,UHR-STF字段、UHR-LTF字段、数据字段和PE字段属于UHR调制部分字段。其中,UHR-STF字段、UHR-LTF字段是用于解调后续数据字段的前导码,UHR-STF可以用于自动增益控制,UHR-LTF可以用于信道估计。Exemplarily, FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the first PPDU is an ultra high reliability (UHR) PPDU. The UHR PPDU includes an L-STF field, an L-LTF field, an L-SIG field, a RL-SIG field, and a U-SIG field. , UHR-SIG field, UHR-STF field, UHR-LTF field, data field and PE field. Among them, the L-STF field, L-LTF field, L-SIG field, RL-SIG field, U-SIG field, and UHR-SIG field belong to the non-UHR modulation part fields, and the above-mentioned first field can be the UHR-SIG field, The UHR-STF field, UHR-LTF field, data field and PE field belong to the UHR modulation part fields. Among them, the UHR-STF field and the UHR-LTF field are preambles used to demodulate subsequent data fields, UHR-STF can be used for automatic gain control, and UHR-LTF can be used for channel estimation.
其中,非UHR调制部分中从L-STF字段到RL-SIG字段通常以20MHz子信道为单位进行调制,在每个20MHz子信道上进行复制传输。U-SIG字段在每个80MHz频率子块中复制传输,每个80MHz频率子块中的U-SIG字段内容可能会不同,也可能相同。UHR-SIG字段中存在内容信道,支持在不同20MHz中承载不同的内容。Among them, the non-UHR modulation part from the L-STF field to the RL-SIG field is usually modulated in units of 20MHz sub-channels, and duplicate transmission is performed on each 20MHz sub-channel. The U-SIG field is copied and transmitted in each 80 MHz frequency sub-block. The content of the U-SIG field in each 80 MHz frequency sub-block may be different or the same. There is a content channel in the UHR-SIG field, which supports carrying different content in different 20MHz.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例提供的UHR PPDU中的UHR可以是802.11be以后某一代标准 的标号名称,上述名称仅为一种举例,本申请实施例对第一PPDU的名称不做具体限定,如也可以称为超高吞吐率(ultra-high throughput,UHT)PPDU,也可以是其他代号XX、XT。It is worth noting that the UHR in the UHR PPDU provided by the embodiment of this application may be a certain generation standard after 802.11be. The name of the label. The above name is only an example. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the name of the first PPDU. For example, it can also be called ultra-high throughput (UHT) PPDU, or it can be other names. Codename XX, XT.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP发送的非调制部分字段内容相同,如至少两个第二AP可以联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段。换言之,不同AP发送的非调制部分字段中内容相同,如图14中的(a)所示。例如,AP2和AP3联合发送非调制部分,AP2和AP3发送的非调制部分字段的内容完全相同。在此情况下,第一AP可以提前将非调制部分的信令内容规定好,如第一触发帧中的用户信息字段如图8所示。In one possible design solution, the non-modulated partial fields sent by multiple APs have the same content. For example, at least two second APs can jointly send the non-modulated partial fields with the same content. In other words, the contents of the non-modulated part fields sent by different APs are the same, as shown in (a) in Figure 14. For example, AP2 and AP3 jointly send the non-modulated part, and the contents of the non-modulated part fields sent by AP2 and AP3 are exactly the same. In this case, the first AP can define the signaling content of the non-modulation part in advance, as shown in Figure 8 in the user information field in the first trigger frame.
在多个第二AP可以联合发送的情况下,不同第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色相同,该U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色可以由第一触发帧指示,如第一触发帧指示AP2和AP3本次传输所采用的基本服务集合颜色;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色也可以为预定义的基本服务集合颜色;或者,U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色还可以为第一AP对应的基本服务集合颜色,如AP2和AP3统一采用AP1对应的基本服务集合颜色或标识,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In the case where multiple second APs can send jointly, and the basic service set colors corresponding to the basic service set color fields in the U-SIG fields corresponding to different second APs are the same, the basic service set colors in the U-SIG fields can be It is indicated by the first trigger frame. For example, the first trigger frame indicates the basic service set color used by AP2 and AP3 for this transmission; or the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field can also be preset. The defined basic service set color; or, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field can also be the basic service set color corresponding to the first AP. For example, AP2 and AP3 uniformly use the basic service corresponding to AP1 The embodiments of this application do not limit the collection of colors or logos.
另外,对于第一字段(如UHR-SIG字段)来说,第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与多个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息,如包括与AP2关联的STA1和STA2的RU分配信息,在第一字段中的用户特定(User Specific)字段中承载着第二AP的标识信息、与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息、编码调制、空间流分配等信息中的一种或多种。另一种可能的实现方式中,与多个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息也可以承载在第一字段中的用户信息字段中。第一PPDU中的与多个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息也可以包括用于下行传输的一个或多个离散RU或离散MRU。In addition, for the first field (such as the UHR-SIG field), the common information field in the first field may include RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs, such as including STA1 and STA2 associated with AP2. RU allocation information. The User Specific field in the first field carries one of the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, coding and modulation, spatial stream allocation and other information. or more. In another possible implementation, the RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs may also be carried in the user information field in the first field. The RU allocation information of STAs associated with multiple second APs in the first PPDU may also include one or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for downlink transmission.
若与第二AP关联的STA可以正确解调第一触发帧,也就是说STA可以通过解调第一触发帧获取对应的用于传输离散RU资源信息,则第一字段中可以不承载与N个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息、第二AP的标识信息、与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息、编码调制、空间流分配等信息,或者,第二AP不传输第一字段或第一PPDU中不包括第一字段。If the STA associated with the second AP can correctly demodulate the first trigger frame, that is to say, the STA can obtain the corresponding discrete RU resource information for transmitting by demodulating the first trigger frame, then the first field may not carry N The RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP, the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, coding modulation, spatial stream allocation and other information, or the second AP does not transmit the first field or The first field is not included in the first PPDU.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段,如至少两个第二AP在不同的频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段。换言之,不同的AP采用频分方式传输非调制部分字段,在不同的频率资源子块上传输非调制部分字段,不同的第二AP传输的非调制部分字段不同,如图14中的(b)所示。例如,AP2和AP3在不同的80MHz频率资源子块中传输非UHR调制部分,不同第二AP发送非UHR调制部分的80MHz频率资源子块的位置可以在第一AP(如AP1)发送的第一触发帧中指示,比如按照第二AP的标识信息出现的顺序去分配,或者在第二AP对应的用户信息字段中进行明确指示。另一种可能的情形中,不同AP发送非UHR调制部分的80MHz频率资源子块的位置也可以由第一AP和第二AP通过协商确定。In another possible design solution, multiple APs may send the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks, for example, at least two second APs send the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks. In other words, different APs use frequency division to transmit the non-modulated part field, and transmit the non-modulated part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks. Different second APs transmit different non-modulated part fields, as shown in (b) in Figure 14 shown. For example, AP2 and AP3 transmit the non-UHR modulation part in different 80MHz frequency resource sub-blocks, and the position of the 80MHz frequency resource sub-block where the second AP sends the non-UHR modulation part may be in the first position of the first AP (such as AP1). Indication in the trigger frame, for example, allocation in the order in which the identification information of the second AP appears, or explicit indication in the user information field corresponding to the second AP. In another possible scenario, the positions of the 80 MHz frequency resource sub-blocks used by different APs to transmit non-UHR modulation parts can also be determined by the first AP and the second AP through negotiation.
在多个第二AP在不同频率资源子块上独立发送非调制部分字段的情况下,第二AP对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色用于指示为第二AP对应的基本服务集合颜色。如AP2对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为AP2对应的基本服务集合颜色,AP3对应的U-SIG字段中的基本服务集合颜色字段对应的基本服务集合颜色为AP3对应的基本服务集合颜色。In the case where multiple second APs independently transmit the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to the second AP is used to indicate the first The color of the basic service set corresponding to the second AP. For example, the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to AP2 is the basic service set color corresponding to AP2, and the basic service set color corresponding to the basic service set color field in the U-SIG field corresponding to AP3 It is the color of the basic service set corresponding to AP3.
另外,第二AP对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段包括与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。例如,AP2对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与AP2关联的STA的RU分配信息,AP3对应的第一字段中的公共信息字段可以包括与AP3关联的STA的RU分配信息。其中,与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息也包括用于下行传输的一个或多个离散RU或离散MRU。In addition, the public information field in the first field corresponding to the second AP includes RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP. For example, the public information field in the first field corresponding to AP2 may include RU allocation information of the STA associated with AP2, and the public information field in the first field corresponding to AP3 may include RU allocation information of the STA associated with AP3. The RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP also includes one or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs used for downlink transmission.
一种可能的情形中,如第一触发帧中用户信息字段如图8所示,与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息可以为第一触发帧中指示的。另一种可能的情形中,如第一触发帧中用户信息字段如图10所示,与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息可以由第二AP根据用户信息字段中分配的离散RU或离散MRU进一步调度给STA的,该与第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息包括用于传输 的一个或多个离散RU或离散MRU。In one possible scenario, as shown in Figure 8 in the user information field in the first trigger frame, the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP may be indicated in the first trigger frame. In another possible scenario, as shown in Figure 10 in the user information field in the first trigger frame, the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP can be provided by the second AP according to the discrete RU or discrete RU allocated in the user information field. The MRU is further scheduled to the STA, and the RU allocation information of the STA associated with the second AP includes the One or more discrete RUs or discrete MRUs.
可选地,在第一AP(如AP1)也参与传输的情况下,第一AP也在预设时间点向一个或多个STA发送第一PPDU。相应的,STA接收来自第一AP的第一PPDU。换言之,在第一AP参与传输的情况下,其在同一时间点可以与至少一个第二AP一起发送PPDU。该第一AP也可以与第二AP联合发送内容相同的非调制部分字段,该第一PPDU中非调制部分字段的内容与第二PPDU中的非调制部分字段的内容完全相同。在此情况下,第一AP对应的第一字段和至少一个第二AP对应的第一字段中包括与第一AP关联的STA的RU分配信息和至少一个第二AP关联的STA的RU分配信息。第一AP也可以与第二AP在不同频率资源子块上发送非调制部分字段,不同AP对应的第一PPDU中非调制部分字段的内容不同,如图14中的(b)所示。Optionally, in the case where the first AP (such as AP1) also participates in the transmission, the first AP also sends the first PPDU to one or more STAs at a preset time point. Correspondingly, the STA receives the first PPDU from the first AP. In other words, in case the first AP participates in the transmission, it can send the PPDU together with at least one second AP at the same point in time. The first AP may also jointly send a non-modulated part field with the same content as the second AP, and the content of the non-modulated part field in the first PPDU is exactly the same as the content of the non-modulated part field in the second PPDU. In this case, the first field corresponding to the first AP and the first field corresponding to the at least one second AP include RU allocation information of the STA associated with the first AP and RU allocation information of the STA associated with the at least one second AP. . The first AP and the second AP may also send the non-modulation part field on different frequency resource sub-blocks, and the contents of the non-modulation part field in the first PPDU corresponding to different APs are different, as shown in (b) of Figure 14.
在第一触发帧用于触发多AP信道探测的情况下,第一PPDU可以为空数据分组(null data packet,NDP),该NDP用于一个或多个STA进行信道探测。NDP也可以称为探测PPDU,是一种特殊的UHR PPDU,即NDP没有数据字段,NDP的结构如图15所示,其传输方式与图13示出的UHR PPDU的方式类似,调制部分字段采用离散RU或离散MRU传输,具体可以参见上述UHR PPDU传输的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In the case where the first trigger frame is used to trigger multi-AP channel detection, the first PPDU may be a null data packet (NDP), and the NDP is used for one or more STAs to perform channel detection. NDP can also be called detection PPDU, which is a special UHR PPDU, that is, NDP has no data field. The structure of NDP is shown in Figure 15. Its transmission method is similar to the UHR PPDU shown in Figure 13. The modulation part field adopts For discrete RU or discrete MRU transmission, please refer to the relevant description of UHR PPDU transmission mentioned above for details, which will not be described again here.
在第一PPDU为NDP的情况下,在发送NDP之前,第二AP还可以向一个或多个STA发送空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement,NDPA)帧,其中,NDPA帧用于通知STA进行信道探测。In the case where the first PPDU is an NDP, before sending the NDP, the second AP can also send a null data packet announcement (NDPA) frame to one or more STAs, where the NDPA frame is used to notify the STAs to proceed. Channel sounding.
示例性地,图16为本申请实施例提供的一种NDPA帧的结构示意图。如图16所示,NDPA帧可以包括帧控制字段、时长字段、接收地址字段、发送地址字段、公共信息字段、一个或多个站点信息字段或者帧校验序列字段等。其中,公共信息字段可以包括探测对话令牌字段和AP标识列表字段等,站点信息字段可以包括AP标识字段、关联标识11(association identifier 11,AID11)字段、部分带宽信息(Partial BW Info)字段、1比特的预留字段、列数索引字段、反馈类型和分组数字段、消歧字段、码本尺寸字段或者3比特的预留字段等。Exemplarily, FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an NDPA frame provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, the NDPA frame may include a frame control field, a duration field, a receiving address field, a sending address field, a public information field, one or more site information fields or a frame check sequence field, etc. Among them, the public information field can include the detection session token field and the AP identification list field, etc. The site information field can include the AP identification field, association identifier 11 (AID11) field, partial bandwidth information (Partial BW Info) field, 1-bit reserved field, column number index field, feedback type and packet number field, disambiguation field, codebook size field or 3-bit reserved field, etc.
其中,AP标识字段用来指示一个AP(第一AP或第二AP);关联标识11字段表示一个关联站点标识的低11比特,用于标识目标站点;部分带宽信息字段为1个9比特的比特位图,用于指示STA反馈部分带宽的信道状态信息。其中,第一比特用于指示后续8比特位图,每一比特代表的子带宽颗粒度是20MHz还是40MHz。比如带宽为320MHz时,颗粒度指示1,表示颗粒度为40MHz,后续8比特中的每一个比特用于指示整个320MHz中的8个40MHz子带;列数(number of columns,Nc)索引字段用于指示某个STA所需要反馈的信道状态信息(压缩的波束成形报告矩阵V)的列数;反馈类型和分组数字段(Feedback Type And Number of Grouping)用于指示反馈类型和Ng个子载波被分成一组,其中,反馈类型包括单用户(single user,SU)反馈,多用户反馈和信道质量指示(channel quality indication,CQI)。分组数(number of grouping,Ng)包括4和16,Ng越大,压缩量越大;码本尺寸(codebook size)用于指示量化的精准度,不同的精准度对应不同的开销。另外,1比特和3比特的两个预留字段用于后续扩展。Among them, the AP identification field is used to indicate an AP (the first AP or the second AP); the association identification 11 field represents the lower 11 bits of an associated site identification, used to identify the target site; the partial bandwidth information field is a 9-bit Bitmap used to instruct the STA to feedback channel status information of part of the bandwidth. Among them, the first bit is used to indicate the subsequent 8-bit bitmap, and each bit represents whether the sub-bandwidth granularity is 20MHz or 40MHz. For example, when the bandwidth is 320MHz, the granularity indication is 1, indicating that the granularity is 40MHz. Each of the subsequent 8 bits is used to indicate 8 40MHz sub-bands in the entire 320MHz; the number of columns (Nc) index field is used Used to indicate the number of columns of channel state information (compressed beamforming report matrix V) that a certain STA needs to feed back; Feedback Type and Number of Grouping fields (Feedback Type And Number of Grouping) are used to indicate the feedback type and Ng subcarriers are divided into A group, in which the feedback types include single user (SU) feedback, multi-user feedback and channel quality indication (CQI). The number of grouping (Ng) includes 4 and 16. The larger Ng is, the greater the compression amount; the codebook size (codebook size) is used to indicate the accuracy of quantization, and different accuracy corresponds to different overhead. In addition, two reserved fields of 1 bit and 3 bits are used for subsequent expansion.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP可以联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧,如至少两个第二AP可以联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。换言之,多个AP发送的NDPA帧的内容相同。其中,NDPA帧中的站点信息字段包括多个AP的标识信息和与多个AP关联的STA的标识信息。In one possible design solution, multiple APs can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content. For example, at least two second APs can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content. In other words, the contents of NDPA frames sent by multiple APs are the same. The station information field in the NDPA frame includes identification information of multiple APs and identification information of STAs associated with multiple APs.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU传输NDPA帧,如至少两个第二AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU传输NDPA帧。换言之,不同AP使用不同的离散RU或离散MRU传输NDPA帧,在不同的频率资源上独立发送。在此情况下,NDPA帧可以不包括AP标识列表字段和站点信息字段中的AP标识字段,发送地址字段可以标识NDPA帧的发送方。In another possible design solution, multiple APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit NDPA frames, for example, at least two second APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit NDPA frames. In other words, different APs use different discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to transmit NDPA frames and send them independently on different frequency resources. In this case, the NDPA frame may not include the AP identification field in the AP identification list field and the station information field, and the sending address field may identify the sender of the NDPA frame.
类似地,在第一AP参与信道探测的情况下,第一AP也可以向STA发送NDPA帧。相应的,STA接收来自第一AP的NDPA帧。第一AP可以与至少一个第二AP可以联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧,也可以使用离散RU或离散MRU独立发送NDPA帧,对应的,第一PPDU为NDP,此处不再赘述。 Similarly, when the first AP participates in channel detection, the first AP may also send an NDPA frame to the STA. Correspondingly, the STA receives the NDPA frame from the first AP. The first AP and at least one second AP may jointly send NDPA frames with the same content, or may use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send NDPA frames. Correspondingly, the first PPDU is NDP, which will not be described again here.
S704、STA解析第一PPDU。S704. The STA parses the first PPDU.
示例性地,第一PPDU为如图13所示的UHR PPDU,STA接收到UHR PPDU后,对UHR PPDU进行解析处理,可以获取到UHR PPDU传输的数据、用于上行传输的离散RU资源信息、或者AP的标识信息等。Exemplarily, the first PPDU is a UHR PPDU as shown in Figure 13. After receiving the UHR PPDU, the STA parses the UHR PPDU and can obtain the data transmitted by the UHR PPDU, discrete RU resource information for uplink transmission, Or the identification information of the AP, etc.
又示例性地,第一PPDU为如图15所示的NDP,则STA接收到NDP后,对NDP进行解析处理,并利用解析后的L-LTF序列进行信道探测等。For example, if the first PPDU is an NDP as shown in Figure 15, then after receiving the NDP, the STA parses the NDP and uses the parsed L-LTF sequence to perform channel detection and so on.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法,还包括如下步骤:Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application also includes the following steps:
S705、STA使用离散RU或离散MRU向第二AP发送第二PPDU。相应的,第二AP接收来自STA的第二PPDU。S705. The STA uses the discrete RU or the discrete MRU to send the second PPDU to the second AP. Correspondingly, the second AP receives the second PPDU from the STA.
其中,STA上行传输所使用的离散RU或离散MRU可以通过解析第一PPDU获取,也可以通过解析第一触发帧获取,具体可以参见上述S703中的相关描述。The discrete RU or discrete MRU used by the STA for uplink transmission can be obtained by parsing the first PPDU or by parsing the first trigger frame. For details, please refer to the relevant description in S703 above.
示例性地,STA在解析第一PPDU后,可以获取到第一PPDU中指示的分配给STA的用于上行传输的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU,进而STA也可以使用离散RU或离散MRU向第二AP发送第二PPDU。如STA1使用第一PPDU中指示的离散RU资源信息向AP2发送第二PPDU,该第二PPDU中可以承载有数据信息。For example, after parsing the first PPDU, the STA can obtain one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs allocated to the STA for uplink transmission indicated in the first PPDU, and the STA can also use discrete The RU or discrete MRU sends the second PPDU to the second AP. For example, STA1 uses the discrete RU resource information indicated in the first PPDU to send the second PPDU to AP2, and the second PPDU may carry data information.
在第一PPDU为NDP的情况下,第二PPDU中可以不承载数据信息,但该第二PPDU可以承载有或包括压缩波束成形报告(compressed beamforming report,CBFR)或信道状态指示CQI,用于反馈当前信道状态。When the first PPDU is NDP, the second PPDU may not carry data information, but the second PPDU may carry or include a compressed beamforming report (CBFR) or channel status indication CQI for feedback. Current channel status.
其中,多STA使用离散RU传输的过程可以参见图2示出的过程,此处不再赘述。The process of multiple STAs using discrete RU transmission can be referred to the process shown in Figure 2, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,在第一AP参与传输的情况下,STA也可以根据第一PPDU中指示的用于上行传输的一个或多个离散RU或一个或多个离散MRU向第一AP发送第二PPDU。相应的,第一AP接收来自STA的第二PPDU。具体可以参见上述S705中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, when the first AP participates in transmission, the STA may also send the second AP to the first AP based on one or more discrete RUs or one or more discrete MRUs indicated in the first PPDU for uplink transmission. PPDU. Correspondingly, the first AP receives the second PPDU from the STA. For details, please refer to the relevant description in S705 above, which will not be described again here.
基于图7示出的通信方法,第一AP可以通过第一触发帧触发一个或多个第二AP进行离散RU的数据传输,构成多AP离散RU传输过程,相比于单个AP传输,在相同频谱效率情况下,可以提升AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度。Based on the communication method shown in Figure 7, the first AP can trigger one or more second APs to perform discrete RU data transmission through the first trigger frame, forming a multi-AP discrete RU transmission process. Compared with single AP transmission, in the same In the case of spectrum efficiency, the transmit power of the AP can be increased or the power spectral density on a single subcarrier can be increased.
图7示出的通信方法主要描述了多AP利用离散RU进行下行数据传输的过程,下面结合场景详细说明一下多AP利用离散RU进行信道探测的过程。The communication method shown in Figure 7 mainly describes the process of multiple APs using discrete RUs for downlink data transmission. The following is a detailed description of the process of multiple APs using discrete RUs for channel detection based on the scenario.
示例性地,图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图17所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤:Exemplarily, FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, the communication method includes the following steps:
S1701、第一AP生成第二触发帧。S1701. The first AP generates a second trigger frame.
其中,第二触发帧用于触发多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测。The second trigger frame is used to trigger multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP包括第一AP和N个第二AP,N为正整数。换言之,第二触发帧用于触发第一AP和N个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测,N为正整数。In a possible design solution, the multiple APs include a first AP and N second APs, where N is a positive integer. In other words, the second trigger frame is used to trigger the first AP and N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel detection, where N is a positive integer.
在此场景下,第一AP参与信道探测也即第一AP与其调度的第二AP一起进行信道探测,该调度的第二AP的个数可以为1,即N可以为1。可以理解的是,第一AP参与信道探测时,也使用离散RU或离散MRU进行信道探测。In this scenario, the first AP participates in channel detection, that is, the first AP performs channel detection together with its scheduled second AP. The number of the scheduled second APs may be 1, that is, N may be 1. It can be understood that when the first AP participates in channel detection, it also uses discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to perform channel detection.
另一种可能的设计方案中,多个AP包括N个第二AP,N为大于1的正整数。换言之,第一触发帧用于触发N个第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与下行传输,N为大于1的正整数。In another possible design solution, the multiple APs include N second APs, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. In other words, the first trigger frame is used to trigger N second APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in downlink transmission, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
在此场景下,第一AP不参与信道探测也即仅调度多个第二AP进行信道探测,N可以为大于1为正整数。换言之,第一AP可以仅用于调度多个第二AP进行信道探测,不参与信道探测。In this scenario, the first AP does not participate in channel detection, that is, it only schedules multiple second APs to perform channel detection, and N can be a positive integer greater than 1. In other words, the first AP may only be used to schedule multiple second APs to perform channel detection and does not participate in channel detection.
与上述S701中的第一触发帧类似,由于第一AP在多AP离散RU传输过程中,既是发起者,也是参与者。第一AP在参与离散RU信道探测时,可以认为是由第二触发帧触发,也可以不依赖于第二触发帧触发。第二触发帧中也可以不包括第一AP参与信道探测相关的调度信息。Similar to the first trigger frame in S701 above, the first AP is both an initiator and a participant in the multi-AP discrete RU transmission process. When the first AP participates in discrete RU channel detection, it may be considered to be triggered by the second trigger frame, or may not be triggered based on the second trigger frame. The second trigger frame may not include scheduling information related to the first AP's participation in channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧可以包括第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示多个AP使用离散RU或离散MRU参与信道探测。该第五指示信息可以为触发帧类型字段。In a possible design solution, the second trigger frame may include fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to participate in channel sounding. The fifth indication information may be a trigger frame type field.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第二触发帧可以包括第六指示信息和第七指示信息。其中,第六 指示信息用于指示多个AP参与信道探测,第七指示信息用于指示多个AP信道探测使用离散RU或离散MRU。第六指示信息也可以为触发帧类型字段,第七指示信息可以承载在公共信息字段、用户信息字段或特殊用户信息字段中。In another possible design solution, the second trigger frame may include sixth indication information and seventh indication information. Among them, the sixth The indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to participate in channel detection, and the seventh indication information is used to instruct multiple APs to use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs for channel detection. The sixth indication information may also be a trigger frame type field, and the seventh indication information may be carried in a public information field, a user information field or a special user information field.
进一步地,第二触发帧也可以包括第二AP的标识信息、与第二AP关联的STA的标识信息、或者RU分配信息等,RU分配信息中包括分配给用于第二AP进行信道探测的一个或多个RU或一个或多个离散MRU。Further, the second trigger frame may also include the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, or RU allocation information, etc. The RU allocation information includes the RU allocation information allocated to the second AP for channel detection. One or more RUs or one or more discrete MRUs.
第二触发帧中的第五指示信息(或第六指示信息和第七指示信息)、第二AP的标识信息、与第二AP关联的STA的标识信、RU分配信息的承载方式以及发送方式可以参见上述S701中第一触发帧中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The fifth indication information (or the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information) in the second trigger frame, the identification information of the second AP, the identification information of the STA associated with the second AP, the carrying method and the sending method of the RU allocation information Reference may be made to the relevant description in the first trigger frame in S701 above, which will not be described again here.
第二触发帧与第一触发帧不同之处在于,第二触发帧不包括第一指示信息(或第二指示信息和第三指示信息),且在执行信道探测时,由于不涉及数据传输,第二触发帧中可以不携带数据字段编码等相关信息。另外,第二触发帧中还可以包括探测对话令环(sounding dialogue token)等公共信息,该探测对话令环用于指示本次信道探测为第几次信道探测。The difference between the second trigger frame and the first trigger frame is that the second trigger frame does not include the first indication information (or the second indication information and the third indication information), and when performing channel detection, since no data transmission is involved, The second trigger frame may not carry relevant information such as data field encoding. In addition, the second trigger frame may also include public information such as a sounding dialogue token, which is used to indicate which channel detection this channel detection is.
S1702、第一AP向第二AP发送第二触发帧。相应的,第二AP接收来自第一AP的第二触发帧。S1702. The first AP sends the second trigger frame to the second AP. Correspondingly, the second AP receives the second trigger frame from the first AP.
示例性地,图18为本申请实施例提供的一种多AP信道探测的场景示意图。如图18所示,AP1为第一AP,AP2、AP3为第二AP,AP1不参与信道探测。AP1可以向AP2和AP3发送第二触发帧,用于触发AP2和AP3进行信道探测。该第二触发帧中可以包括与AP2、AP3关联的STA的标识信息、以及用于信道探测的离散RU资源信息等。S1702中的相关描述可以参见上述S702中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a multi-AP channel detection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 18, AP1 is the first AP, AP2 and AP3 are the second AP, and AP1 does not participate in channel detection. AP1 may send a second trigger frame to AP2 and AP3 to trigger AP2 and AP3 to perform channel detection. The second trigger frame may include identification information of STAs associated with AP2 and AP3, discrete RU resource information for channel detection, and the like. For the relevant description in S1702, please refer to the relevant content in S702 above, and will not be described again here.
S1703、第二AP向一个或多个STA发送NDPA帧。相应的,STA接收来自第二AP的NDPA帧。S1703. The second AP sends an NDPA frame to one or more STAs. Correspondingly, the STA receives the NDPA frame from the second AP.
其中,NDPA帧用于通知STA进行信道探测。Among them, the NDPA frame is used to notify the STA to perform channel detection.
一种可能的设计方案中,多个第二AP可以联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧。换言之,多个第二AP发送的NDPA帧的内容相同。其中,一个第二AP对应的NDPA帧中的站点信息字段包括多个第二AP的标识信息和与多个第二AP关联的STA的标识信息。换言之,每个第二AP发送的NDPA帧包括所有第二AP的标识信息以及与所有第二AP关联的STA的标识信息,如在图18中的场景中,AP2对应的NDPA帧中可以包括AP2的标识信息、AP3的标识信息、与AP2关联的STA的标识信息和与AP3关联的STA的标识信息。In a possible design solution, multiple second APs can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content. In other words, the contents of the NDPA frames sent by multiple second APs are the same. Wherein, the station information field in the NDPA frame corresponding to a second AP includes identification information of multiple second APs and identification information of STAs associated with the multiple second APs. In other words, the NDPA frame sent by each second AP includes the identification information of all second APs and the identification information of STAs associated with all second APs. For example, in the scenario in Figure 18, the NDPA frame corresponding to AP2 may include AP2 The identification information of AP3, the identification information of the STA associated with AP2, and the identification information of the STA associated with AP3.
另一种可能的设计方案中,NDPA帧使用离散RU或离散MRU传输,在不同的频率资源上独立发送。在此情况下,NDPA帧可以不包括AP标识列表字段和站点信息字段中的AP标识字段,发送地址字段可以标识NDPA帧的发送方。In another possible design solution, NDPA frames are transmitted using discrete RUs or discrete MRUs and are sent independently on different frequency resources. In this case, the NDPA frame may not include the AP identification field in the AP identification list field and the station information field, and the sending address field may identify the sender of the NDPA frame.
类似地,第一AP也可以向STA发送NDPA帧。相应的,STA接收来自第一AP的NDPA帧。第一AP可以与第二AP可以联合发送内容相同的NDPA帧,也可以使用离散RU或离散MRU独立发送NDPA帧,此处不再赘述。Similarly, the first AP may also send an NDPA frame to the STA. Correspondingly, the STA receives the NDPA frame from the first AP. The first AP and the second AP may jointly send NDPA frames with the same content, or may use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send NDPA frames, which will not be described again here.
示例性地,如图18所示,AP2向STA1和STA2发送NDPA帧,AP3向STA3发送NDPA帧,AP2和AP3可以联合发送相同内容的NDPA帧,也可以使用离散RU或离散MRU独立发送不同的NDPA帧。For example, as shown in Figure 18, AP2 sends an NDPA frame to STA1 and STA2, and AP3 sends an NDPA frame to STA3. AP2 and AP3 can jointly send NDPA frames with the same content, or they can use discrete RUs or discrete MRUs to independently send different NDPA frames. NDPA frame.
其中,该NDPA帧的相关描述可以参见上述S703中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。For the relevant description of the NDPA frame, please refer to the relevant content in the above-mentioned S703, which will not be described again here.
值得说明的是,参与信道探测的多个AP在同一时间点发送NDPA帧。It is worth noting that multiple APs participating in channel detection send NDPA frames at the same time point.
S1704、第二AP向一个或多个STA发送NDP。相应的,STA接收来自第二AP的NDP。S1704. The second AP sends NDP to one or more STAs. Correspondingly, the STA receives the NDP from the second AP.
其中,NDP用于STA进行信道探测。Among them, NDP is used by STA for channel detection.
示例性地,如图18所示,AP2向STA1和STA2发送NDP,AP3向STA3发送NDP,该NDP中的调制部分字段使用离散RU或离散MRU进行传输。AP2和AP3可以联合传输NDP,也可以在不同的频率资源子块上独立发送NDP。For example, as shown in Figure 18, AP2 sends an NDP to STA1 and STA2, and AP3 sends an NDP to STA3. The modulation part field in the NDP is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU. AP2 and AP3 can jointly transmit NDP or independently send NDP on different frequency resource sub-blocks.
该NDP也可以称为探测PPDU,是一种特殊的UHR PPDU,即NDP没有数据字段,NDP的 结构可以如图15所示,其传输方式与图13示出的UHR PPDU的方式类似,调制部分字段采用离散RU或离散MRU传输,具体可以参见上述S703中UHR PPDU传输的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The NDP can also be called a detection PPDU, which is a special UHR PPDU, that is, the NDP has no data field, and the NDP The structure can be shown in Figure 15, and its transmission method is similar to the UHR PPDU method shown in Figure 13. The modulation part field is transmitted using discrete RU or discrete MRU. For details, please refer to the relevant description of UHR PPDU transmission in S703 above, which is not shown here. Again.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以包括如下步骤:Optionally, the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application may also include the following steps:
S1705、第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU向一个或多个STA发送第三触发帧。相应的,STA接收来自第二AP的第三触发帧。S1705. The second AP uses the discrete RU or the discrete MRU to send the third trigger frame to one or more STAs. Correspondingly, the STA receives the third trigger frame from the second AP.
其中,第三触发帧用于触发STA发送信道探测信息,该信道探测信息可以通过CBFR或CQI指示。可以理解的是,第三触发帧中也可以包括STA的标识信息、或者用于指示STA发送信道探测信息的信息等。The third trigger frame is used to trigger the STA to send channel detection information, and the channel detection information can be indicated by CBFR or CQI. It can be understood that the third trigger frame may also include identification information of the STA, or information used to instruct the STA to send channel sounding information, etc.
S1706、STA根据NDP进行信道探测。S1706, STA performs channel detection based on NDP.
示例性地,STA1接收到AP2发送的NDP后,可以对该NDP进行解析处理,获取L-LTF序列、或者UHR-LTF序列等进行信道估计,从而可以获取到STA1与AP2之间的信道状态信息。STA2和STA3的处理过程与STA1类似,此处不再赘述。For example, after STA1 receives the NDP sent by AP2, it can parse the NDP and obtain the L-LTF sequence or UHR-LTF sequence for channel estimation, so as to obtain the channel state information between STA1 and AP2. . The processing procedures of STA2 and STA3 are similar to those of STA1 and will not be described again here.
S1707、STA向第二AP发送第二PPDU。相应的,第二AP接收来自STA的第二PPDU。S1707. The STA sends the second PPDU to the second AP. Correspondingly, the second AP receives the second PPDU from the STA.
其中,第二PPDU包括CBFR或CQI,用于指示STA与第二AP之间的信道状态。The second PPDU includes CBFR or CQI, which is used to indicate the channel status between the STA and the second AP.
示例性地,如图18所示,STA1可以根据AP2发送的NDP中携带的离散RU资源信息发送第二PPDU。换言之,STA1可以根据NDP中携带的离散RU资源信息向AP2发送CBFR或CQI,可以为后续AP2与STA2的数据传输做准备,以便于实现更高效的数据传输。STA2和STA3的处理过程与STA1类似,此处不再赘述。For example, as shown in Figure 18, STA1 may send the second PPDU according to the discrete RU resource information carried in the NDP sent by AP2. In other words, STA1 can send CBFR or CQI to AP2 based on the discrete RU resource information carried in the NDP, which can prepare for subsequent data transmission between AP2 and STA2 to achieve more efficient data transmission. The processing procedures of STA2 and STA3 are similar to those of STA1 and will not be described again here.
S1707中的具体描述可以参见上述S705中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。For the specific description in S1707, please refer to the relevant content in S705 above, and will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,第一AP(如图18中的AP1)也可以参与信道探测,与多个第二AP进行信道探测不同的是,第二触发帧中不包括第一AP用于信道探测的相关调度信息,第一AP自身配置相关调度信息,在在第一AP参与信道探测的场景中,第一AP向第二AP发送第二触发帧后,也可以在设定时间点与第二AP使用离散RU或离散MRU一起发送NDPA和NDP,其他过程可以参见上述S1701-S1707中的相关描述,对此不再赘述。It can be understood that the first AP (AP1 in Figure 18) can also participate in channel detection. What is different from multiple second APs performing channel detection is that the second trigger frame does not include the first AP used for channel detection. Related scheduling information, the first AP configures related scheduling information itself. In the scenario where the first AP participates in channel detection, after the first AP sends the second trigger frame to the second AP, it can also communicate with the second AP at a set time point. Use discrete RU or discrete MRU to send NDPA and NDP together. For other processes, please refer to the relevant descriptions in S1701-S1707 above, which will not be described again.
值得说明的是,图17示出的通信方法以多AP下行信道探测为例进行说明,本申请实施例提供的信道探测流程不仅适用于多个AP同多个STA进行下行的信道探测,也支持多个STA同多个AP进行上行的信道探测。It is worth noting that the communication method shown in Figure 17 is explained by taking multi-AP downlink channel detection as an example. The channel detection process provided by the embodiment of this application is not only applicable to multiple APs performing downlink channel detection with multiple STAs, but also supports Multiple STAs perform uplink channel detection with multiple APs.
基于图17示出的通信方法,第一AP可以通过第二触发帧触发一个或多个第二AP使用离散RU进行信道探测,构成多AP离散RU信道探测过程,在相同频谱效率情况下,不仅可以提升AP的发送功率或者提升单个子载波上的功率谱密度,还可以实现信道探测。Based on the communication method shown in Figure 17, the first AP can trigger one or more second APs to use discrete RUs to perform channel detection through the second trigger frame, forming a multi-AP discrete RU channel detection process. Under the same spectrum efficiency, not only The transmit power of the AP can be increased or the power spectral density on a single subcarrier can be increased, and channel detection can also be achieved.
可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由第一AP实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该第一AP的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现;由第二AP实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该第二AP的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现;由STA实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该STA的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。It can be understood that in each of the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the first AP can also be implemented by components that can be used in the first AP (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software); the methods and/or steps implemented by the second AP can also be implemented by components available for the second AP (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software); implemented by STA The methods and/or steps may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) available for the STA.
上述主要对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中的各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一AP,或者包含第一AP的装置,或者为可用于第一AP的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第二AP,或者包含第二AP的装置,或者为可用于第二AP的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。又或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的STA,或者包含STA的装置,或者为可用于STA的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by this application. Correspondingly, this application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement various methods in the above method embodiments. The communication device may be the first AP in the above method embodiment, or a device including the first AP, or a component that can be used for the first AP, such as a chip or a chip system. Alternatively, the communication device may be the second AP in the above method embodiment, or a device including the second AP, or a component that can be used for the second AP, such as a chip or a chip system. Alternatively, the communication device may be the STA in the above method embodiment, or a device including the STA, or a component that can be used for the STA, such as a chip or a chip system.
可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人 员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel The operator may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments. For example, functional modules can be divided into corresponding functional modules, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第一AP或者STA为例,图19是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图19所示,通信装置1900包括:处理模块1901和收发模块1902。其中,处理模块1901,用于执行上述方法实施例中的第一AP或STA的处理功能。收发模块1902,用于执行上述方法实施例中的第一AP或STA的收发功能。Taking the communication device as the first AP or STA in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the communication device 1900 includes: a processing module 1901 and a transceiver module 1902. Among them, the processing module 1901 is used to perform the processing function of the first AP or STA in the above method embodiment. The transceiver module 1902 is configured to perform the transceiver function of the first AP or STA in the above method embodiment.
可选地,本申请实施例中,收发模块1902可以包括接收模块和发送模块(图19中未示出)。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置1900的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the transceiver module 1902 may include a receiving module and a sending module (not shown in Figure 19). Among them, the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device 1900.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括存储模块(图19中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块1901执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1900可以执行图7或图17中任一项所示出的通信方法中第一AP或第二AP或STA的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 19), which stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 1901 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1900 can perform the functions of the first AP or the second AP or the STA in the communication method shown in any one of FIG. 7 or FIG. 17 .
应理解,通信装置1900中涉及的处理模块1901可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元;收发模块1902可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,可以为收发器或收发单元。It should be understood that the processing module 1901 involved in the communication device 1900 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and can be a processor or a processing unit; the transceiver module 1902 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and can be a transceiver. transmitter or transceiver unit.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。All relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be quoted from the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be described again here.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置1900可执行上述通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 1900 provided in this embodiment can execute the above communication method, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第二AP为例,图20是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图20所示,通信装置2000包括:接收模块2001和发送模块2002。其中,接收模块2001,用于执行上述方法实施例中第二AP的接收功能。发送模块2002,用于执行上述方法实施例中第二AP的发送功能。Taking the communication device as the second AP in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the communication device 2000 includes: a receiving module 2001 and a sending module 2002. Among them, the receiving module 2001 is used to perform the receiving function of the second AP in the above method embodiment. The sending module 2002 is used to perform the sending function of the second AP in the above method embodiment.
可选地,本申请实施例中,接收模块2001和发送模块2002也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块(图20中未示出)。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置2000的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the receiving module 2001 and the sending module 2002 can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiving module (not shown in Figure 20). Among them, the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the communication device 2000.
可选地,通信装置2000还可以包括处理模块(图20中未示出)。其中,处理模块用于实现通信装置2000的处理功能。Optionally, the communication device 2000 may further include a processing module (not shown in Figure 20). Among them, the processing module is used to implement the processing function of the communication device 2000.
可选地,通信装置2000还可以包括存储模块(图20中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置2000可以执行图7或图17中所示出的通信方法中第二AP的功能。Optionally, the communication device 2000 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 20), which stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device 2000 can perform the function of the second AP in the communication method shown in FIG. 7 or FIG. 17 .
应理解,通信装置2000中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元;收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,可以为收发器或收发单元。It should be understood that the processing module involved in the communication device 2000 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and can be a processor or a processing unit; the transceiver module can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and can be a transceiver or a transceiver. Transceiver unit.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。All relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be quoted from the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be described again here.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置1900和通信装置2000可执行上述通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 1900 and the communication device 2000 provided in this embodiment can execute the above communication method, the technical effects that can be obtained can be referred to the above method embodiment, which will not be described again here.
示例性地,图21为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以是第一AP或第二AP或STA,也可以是可设置于第一AP或第二AP或STA的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。如图21所示,通信装置2100可以包括处理器2101。可选地,通信装置2100还可以包括存储器2102和/或收发器2103。其中,处理器2101与存储器2102和收发器2103耦合,如可以通过通信总线连接。 Exemplarily, FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be the first AP or the second AP or the STA, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be disposed on the first AP, the second AP or the STA. As shown in FIG. 21, the communication device 2100 may include a processor 2101. Optionally, the communication device 2100 may also include a memory 2102 and/or a transceiver 2103. The processor 2101 is coupled to the memory 2102 and the transceiver 2103, for example, through a communication bus.
下面结合图21对通信装置2100的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the communication device 2100 with reference to Figure 21:
其中,处理器2101是通信装置2100的控制中心,可以是一个处理器,也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如,处理器2101是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。Among them, the processor 2101 is the control center of the communication device 2100, and may be a processor or a collective name for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 2101 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), may also be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be configured to implement one or more embodiments of the present application. An integrated circuit, such as one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
可选地,处理器2101可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器2102内的软件程序,以及调用存储在存储器2102内的数据,执行通信装置2100的各种功能。Alternatively, the processor 2101 can perform various functions of the communication device 2100 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 2102 and calling data stored in the memory 2102.
在具体的实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器2101可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图21中所示出的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 2101 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 21 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置2100也可以包括多个处理器,例如图21中所示的处理器2101和处理器2104。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU),也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 2100 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 2101 and the processor 2104 shown in FIG. 21 . Each of these processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU). A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
其中,所述存储器2102用于存储执行本申请方案的软件程序,并由处理器2101来控制执行,具体实现方式可以参考上述方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The memory 2102 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 2101 for execution. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
可选地,存储器2102可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器2102可以和处理器2101集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置2100的接口电路(图21中未示出)与处理器2101耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, the memory 2102 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or a random access memory (RAM) that can store information and instructions. Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical discs Storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other media capable of being accessed by a computer, without limitation. The memory 2102 may be integrated with the processor 2101, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 2101 through the interface circuit (not shown in Figure 21) of the communication device 2100. This is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
收发器2103,用于与其他通信装置之间的通信。例如,通信装置2100为终端设备,收发器2103可以用于与网络设备通信,或者与另一个终端设备通信。又例如,通信装置2100为网络设备,收发器2103可以用于与终端设备通信,或者与另一个网络设备通信。Transceiver 2103, used for communication with other communication devices. For example, the communication device 2100 is a terminal device, and the transceiver 2103 can be used to communicate with a network device or with another terminal device. For another example, the communication device 2100 is a network device, and the transceiver 2103 can be used to communicate with a terminal device or with another network device.
可选地,收发器2103可以包括接收器和发送器(图21中未单独示出)。其中,接收器用于实现接收功能,发送器用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver 2103 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in Figure 21). Among them, the receiver is used to implement the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement the sending function.
可选地,收发器2103可以和处理器2101集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置2100的接口电路(图21中未示出)与处理器2101耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the transceiver 2103 can be integrated with the processor 2101, or can exist independently and be coupled to the processor 2101 through the interface circuit (not shown in Figure 21) of the communication device 2100. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. Specific limitations.
需要说明的是,图21中示出的通信装置2100的结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,实际的通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the structure of the communication device 2100 shown in FIG. 21 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. The actual communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or Different component arrangements.
此外,通信装置2100的技术效果可以参考上述方法实施例所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 2100 can be referred to the technical effects of the communication method described in the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括上述第一AP、第二AP和STA。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes the above-mentioned first AP, second AP and STA.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,该计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored. When the computer program or instructions are executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但也可 能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , there are three cases of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship, but it can also It can express an "and/or" relationship, which can be understood by referring to the context.
本申请实施例中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
可以理解,本申请实施例中描述的系统、装置和方法也可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。It can be understood that the systems, devices and methods described in the embodiments of this application can also be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。本申请实施例中,计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the computer may include the aforementioned device.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application has been described herein in connection with various embodiments, in practicing the claimed application, those skilled in the art will understand and understand by reviewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may perform several of the functions recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not mean that a combination of these measures cannot be combined to advantageous effects.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are intended to be merely illustrative of the application as defined by the appended claims and are to be construed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (29)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202211091171.0 | 2022-09-07 | ||
| CN202211091171.0A CN117676783A (en) | 2022-09-07 | 2022-09-07 | Communication methods and devices |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024051326A1 true WO2024051326A1 (en) | 2024-03-14 |
Family
ID=90083341
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/104962 Ceased WO2024051326A1 (en) | 2022-09-07 | 2023-06-30 | Communication method and apparatus |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN117676783A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024051326A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN111669260A (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2020-09-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | A data transmission method and related equipment |
| US20210194659A1 (en) * | 2019-12-20 | 2021-06-24 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Method and apparatus for coordinating multi-user multi-access point trnsmissions |
| CN113891460A (en) * | 2020-07-01 | 2022-01-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | PPDU transmission method and related device |
| CN113950849A (en) * | 2019-03-21 | 2022-01-18 | 马维尔亚洲私人有限公司 | Coordinated multi-user transmission with multiple access points |
-
2022
- 2022-09-07 CN CN202211091171.0A patent/CN117676783A/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-06-30 WO PCT/CN2023/104962 patent/WO2024051326A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN111669260A (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2020-09-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | A data transmission method and related equipment |
| CN113950849A (en) * | 2019-03-21 | 2022-01-18 | 马维尔亚洲私人有限公司 | Coordinated multi-user transmission with multiple access points |
| US20210194659A1 (en) * | 2019-12-20 | 2021-06-24 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Method and apparatus for coordinating multi-user multi-access point trnsmissions |
| CN113891460A (en) * | 2020-07-01 | 2022-01-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | PPDU transmission method and related device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN117676783A (en) | 2024-03-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US10542557B2 (en) | System and method for digital communications with interference avoidance | |
| CN115968045B (en) | Communication method and device | |
| KR101946375B1 (en) | Method for supporting flexible resource allocation in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor | |
| US11438188B2 (en) | Multicast packets for a wireless local area network | |
| KR20170108974A (en) | Signaling method for multi-user transmission and wireless communication terminal and wireless communication method using the same | |
| EP3288324B1 (en) | Resource indication method and apparatus for wlan system | |
| WO2020182057A1 (en) | Data transmission method and related device | |
| KR102130456B1 (en) | Wireless communication method and wireless communication terminal | |
| JP2022549399A (en) | Method and apparatus for selecting transmission parameter values in multi-user transmission | |
| EP4199567A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| JP6417031B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for supporting flexible resource allocation in a wireless communication system | |
| CN105517157A (en) | Uplink multi-user data transmission method and system in wireless local area network, and site | |
| CN116134738A (en) | Communication device and communication method for multi-access point-based null data packet feedback report | |
| KR20170061145A (en) | Wireless communication method and wireless communication terminal | |
| KR20170030491A (en) | Wireless communication method and wireless communication terminalcommunication terminal using same | |
| EP4340284A1 (en) | Physical layer protocol data unit, and transmission method and apparatus for trigger frame | |
| CN105376859B (en) | An information transmission method and device | |
| CN119276443A (en) | Physical layer protocol data unit transmission method and device | |
| WO2017124872A1 (en) | System and method for indicating periodic allocations | |
| WO2024051326A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| JP2025516112A (en) | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK RESPONSE IN A DESIGNED FREQUENCY DOMAIN - Patent application | |
| JP2024532090A (en) | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AGGREGATED SIGNAL - Patent application |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23862027 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 23862027 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |